Sps His XNX Technical Manual Rev 16 en 09 20

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 208

TECHNICAL

MANUAL
XNX®
Universal Transmitter

XNX
UNIVERSAL TRANSMITTER
This page is intentionally left blank
XNX Un i v e r s a l T r a n s m i t t e r TOC

T a b le o f C o n te n ts
Safety and Information ................................................................................ 5 Controls and Navigation ............................................................ 21
Warnings..................................................................................................... 6 The General Status Screen ........................................................ 21
Hazardous Location Installation Requirements ....................... 8 Entering the Menu........................................................................ 22
Special Conditions for Safe Use ........................................................ 8 Displaying Transmitter Information ...................................... 24
Cautions...................................................................................................... 8 Main Menu.............................................................................................. 24
Notes ............................................................................................................ 8 Menu Navigation.................................................................................. 25
Information ................................................................................................ 9 Installation and Operation....................................................................... 29
Contacting Honeywell Analytics ....................................................... 9 Sensor Mounting and Location...................................................... 30
Revision History ....................................................................................... 9 Mounting the Transmitter.......................................................... 30
Introduction................................................................................................... 10 Wiring the Transmitter ................................................................ 32
Product Description ........................................................................... 11 General Wiring Considerations................................................ 33
The Transmitter.............................................................................. 11 Loading ............................................................................................. 33
20 mA/HART Output.................................................................... 12 Isolation ............................................................................................ 33
Communications........................................................................... 12 Circuit Protection .......................................................................... 33
Certifications................................................................................... 12 Distance Considerations for Installation............................. 33
Patents............................................................................................... 13 Single Transmitter......................................................................... 34
Glossary ............................................................................................ 13 Multiple Transmitters Connected to a Single Power
Product Overview ................................................................................. 14 Source................................................................................................ 34
Enclosure.......................................................................................... 14 Multiple Transmitters Connected in a “Daisy-Chain”
Cover................................................................................................... 15 Configuration.................................................................................. 34
POD .................................................................................................... 15 Power Source Selection .............................................................. 35
Options ..................................................................................................... 16 Wire Selection ................................................................................. 35
Local HART ..................................................................................... 16 Single Transmitter Distances ................................................... 36
Relays................................................................................................. 16 Daisy-Chained Transmitter Distances.................................. 36
Modbus ............................................................................................ 17 POD Connections.......................................................................... 38
FOUNDATION Fieldbus .............................................................. 17 4-20mA Output, Common Connections, and Power ..... 39
Accessories ...................................................................................... 17 Settings ............................................................................................ 39
The Front Panel ..................................................................................... 20 FOUNDATION Fieldbus Wiring................................................ 41

Table of Contents 1
XNX Un i v e r s a l T r a n s m i t t e r
T a b le o f C o n te n ts
Terminal Block Connections..................................................... 41 Configure Menu........................................................................ 64
EC Personality Wiring.................................................................. 42 Select Language ....................................................................... 64
Electrochemical Sensor Installation ..................................... 43 Set Date and Time.................................................................... 65
EC Sensor Remote Mounting Kit ............................................ 44 Set mV Sensor Type ................................................................. 66
mV Personality Wiring ................................................................. 46 Set mA Sensor Type ................................................................. 67
mV Remote Sensor Mounting .................................................. 47 Gas Selection................................................................................ 67
IR Personality Wiring ................................................................... 49 Changing the Gas or Units Name........................................... 69
Searchpoint Optima Plus/Searchline Excel Connections Gas Selections and Alarm Limits Based on mV Sensor
.............................................................................................................. 50 Type..................................................................................................... 69
Connecting Generic mA Devices............................................. 50 Default Alarm Level for MPD and Sensepoint................... 74
Attaching the Searchpoint Optima Plus to the Default Alarm Level for Searchpoint Optima..................... 74
Transmitter....................................................................................... 53 Range and Alarms.................................................................... 75
Searchline Excel/Searchpoint Optima Plus Remote Latching/Non-Latching Alarms ........................................ 78
Installation....................................................................................... 53 Set Units ........................................................................................ 79
Searchpoint Optima Plus/Searchline Excel Wiring ........ 54 mA Levels .................................................................................... 80
Options ..................................................................................................... 56 Calibration Interval.................................................................. 80
Local HART Interface................................................................... 56 ✓ Accept New Sensor Type ........................................................ 81
Point-to-Point Mode.................................................................... 56 Beam Block Options ............................................................. 82
Multidrop Mode ............................................................................. 57 Path Length................................................................................ 83
Cable Length................................................................................... 58 Unit ID ........................................................................................... 84
Relays................................................................................................. 58 Relay Options ............................................................................ 85
Modbus ............................................................................................. 59 Fieldbus Options..................................................................... 86
FOUNDATION Fieldbus .............................................................. 60 Configure Security.................................................................... 87
Powering the Transmitter the First Time ............................. 61 Verifying the Configuration.............................................................. 88
IR Units Configured for Searchline Excel ............................ 62 Test Menu..................................................................................... 88
Remote Calibration of MPD Sensors (not part of the X Inhibit ............................................................................................ 88
approval by DEKRA Testing and Certification GmbH) ... 63
Force Relays............................................................................... 90
Configuring the Transmitter ............................................................ 63
Alarm/Fault Simulation......................................................... 90
Table of Contents 2
XNX Un i v e r s a l T r a n s m i t t e r
T a b le o f C o n te n ts
?
Information Menu .................................................................... 92 EC Sensor Cartridge and Cell Replacement.....................119
Alarm/Fault Status.................................................................. 92 Warnings and Faults ................................................................................121
Transmitter Data....................................................................... 92 Warning Messages .....................................................................122
?

Transmitter Status .................................................................. 93 Notes ................................................................................................126


Sensor Data ................................................................................ 93 Fault Messages ............................................................................127
Sensor Status............................................................................. 94
?
Notes ................................................................................................134
Gas Data ......................................................................................... 94 Informational Messages...........................................................136
Range/Alarm Settings ............................................................ 95 Specifications .............................................................................................138
mA Level Settings .................................................................... 95 Product Specifications .....................................................................139
Fieldbus Settings.................................................................... 96 SENSOR DATA ..............................................................................141
Relay Data................................................................................... 96 Operating and Storage Conditions for Performance
? Event History............................................................................ 98 Tested EC Cartridges .................................................................141
Calibration....................................................................................................101 Detectable Gases and Performance ...........................................142
Gas Calibration Menu ..........................................................102 EC Sensor Performance Data, Factory Mutual Verified......143
Zero and Span Calibration for EC/mV Sensors and EC Sensor Performance Data, Dekra Testing and
Searchpoint Optima...................................................................103 Certification..........................................................................................144
Using the Calibration Cup .......................................................106 Other EC Sensors ...............................................................................145
Zero and Span Calibration of EC Sensors .........................106 Footnotes (see table on previous page): ...........................146
Zero and Span Calibration for MPD Sensors (not part of Notes (see table on previous page):.....................................146
the approval by DEKRA Testing and Certification GmbH) EC Sensor Cross-sensitivity...........................................................147
............................................................................................................111 Notes ................................................................................................154
EC Sensor Operational Life.....................................................114 MPD Sensor Performance Data ...................................................155
Functional Gas Testing (Bump Testing).............................114 Notes .......................155
Calibrate mA Output ...........................................................115 EN60079-29-1 Performance Approved Gases for mV Sensor
Align Excel (Searchline Excel)...........................................116 Types........................................................................................................156
Soft Reset..................................................................................116 Notes ................................................................................................156
Maintenance ...............................................................................................117 Other Sensor Performance Data..................................................156
MPD Sensor Cartridge Replacement ..................................118 Certifications by Part Number Series.........................................157

Table of Contents 3
XNX Un i v e r s a l T r a n s m i t t e r
T a b le o f C o n te n ts
Notes ................................................................................................158 Warranty Statement ..........................................................................200
Certification Labels ...........................................................................162 Warranty Conditions ..................................................................200
Product Identification.......................................................................164 Consumer Claims........................................................................200
EC Replacement Sensors................................................................165 Index ...............................................................................................................201
EC Replacement Cells ......................................................................166
MPD (Multi Purpose Detector)......................................................167
Accessories/Spares ...........................................................................168
EC Declaration of Conformity .......................................................172
Control Drawings.......................................................................................173
XNX UL/CSA/FM/ATEX/UKEX/IECEx/INMETRO/RUSSIA
...................................................................................................................174
Remote Sensor Mount......................................................................178
HART Protocol.............................................................................................179
HART Interface ....................................................................................180
HART Sink, Source, and Isolated Wiring....................................183
DevComm PC-based HART Interface ........................................186
Functions...............................................................................................187
Configuration Summary...........................................................187
Information Screens ..................................................................188
Event History.................................................................................188
Test....................................................................................................188
Calibration .....................................................................................189
Configuration................................................................................189
Handheld Online Menus .................................................................190
Modbus Protocol .......................................................................................192
Modbus and the XNX transmitter................................................193
Modbus Registers ..............................................................................195
Warranty........................................................................................................199

Table of Contents 4
XN X U n i ve r sa l T r a n sm itte r

Safety and Information

S a fe ty a n d In fo r m a tio n 5
XNX Universal Transmitter
R e a d a n d u n d e r st a n d t h i s m a n u a l b e f o r e i n ts a l l i n g , o p e r a t i n g , o r • The sensor must be earthed/grounded for intrinsic safety, electrical safety and to
m a in ta in in g th e t r a n sm i t t e r . P a y p a r t i cu l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e se w a r n i n g s a n d limit the effects of radio frequency interference. Earth/ground points are provided
ca u t i o n s. Al l o f th e w a r n i n g s a n d ca u t i o n s sh o w n h e r e a r e r e p e a t e d i n t h e inside and outside the unit. EMI note for applications using shielded cable: Cable
a p p ro p r i a t e se ct i o n s o f th e m a n u a l. shield must provide 90% coverage of the wiring. Cable shield terminations must
be made at the cable glands with suitable EMI type glands. Avoid terminating
cable shields at the Earth ground lug inside the XNX enclosure. In cases where
! WARNING wiring is in pipe, a shielded cable is not required. The external terminal is only a
supplemental bonding connection where local authorities permit or require such a
• Warnings identify hazardous or unsafe practices which could result in severe injury connection.
or death. • Take care when handling EC sensor cells as they may contain corrosive solutions.
Do not tamper or in any way disassemble the sensor cells. Do not expose to
temperatures outside the recommended range. Do not expose the sensor to
organic solvents or flammable liquids.
• At the end of their working lives, sensors must be disposed of in an
W a r n in g s environmentally safe manner, in accordance with local waste management
• Installation must be in accordance with the recognized standards of the requirements and environmental legislation. Alternatively, sensors may be securely
appropriate authority in the country concerned. packaged, clearly marked for environmental disposal, and returned to Honeywell
• Any work on the interior of the detector must be conducted only by Honeywell- Analytics. Do NOT incinerate sensors as they may emit toxic fumes.
trained personnel • High off-scale readings may indicate an explosive concentration of gas.
• Before carrying out any work, ensure that local regulations and site procedures • Verify all outputs, including display, after installation, after service events, and
are followed. Appropriate standards must be followed to maintain the overall periodically to ensure the safety and integrity of the system.
certification of the sensor.
• Do not use the transmitter in oxygen-enriched atmospheres. Concentrations
• To reduce the risk of ignition in hazardous atmospheres, disconnect the equipment displayed will be adversely affected by oxygen depletion.
from the supply circuit before opening the sensor enclosure. Keep the assembly
• After changing parameters with a handheld device, verify that the parameter
tightly closed during operation. Conduit runs must have a seal fitting connected
settings are correct at the transmitter.
within 18 inches (45 cm) of the enclosure.
• The factory-set passcodes must be reset to prevent unauthorized access to the
• Never open the XNX enclosure under power unless the area is known to be non-
transmitter’s menus.
hazardous.
• When the transmitter is equipped with the optional Remote Mount Kit, the remote
• Do not use the XNX Universal Transmitter in oxygen-enriched atmospheres. In
sensor must be securely mounted in a fixed position. The Remote Sensor kit is not
oxygen-enriched atmospheres, the electrical safety is not guaranteed.
intended to be used as a handheld sensor.

Safety and Information 6


XNX Universal Transmitter
• Enclosures of remotely mounted sensors contain aluminum. When installed in • Honeywell recommends periodic bump tests (every 30 days or in accordance
Zone 1 locations, be careful to avoid ignition hazards due to impact or friction. with customer site procedures) to the sensor to insure proper operation and
• Install the junction box according to local codes and manufacturer’s requirements. compliance with the functional safety rating of the installation.

• The enclosures of remotely mounted 705HT sensors contain aluminum. When • Honeywell Analytics recommends bump testing of ClO2, Cl2, HF, and HCl sensors
installed in Zone 1 locations, be careful to avoid ignition hazards due to impact or frequently and in accordance with customer site procedures to ensure proper
friction. operation and compliance with the functional safety rating of the installation.

• Power off the transmitter before changing S3 or S4. Failure to do this will • As some test gases are hazardous, exhaust the flow housing outlet to a safe area.
permanently damage the transmitter. Both switches must be set in either Source • Exposure to desensitizing or contaminating substances or concentrations causing
or Sink prior to applying power. operation of any alarm may affect sensor sensitivity. Following such events, verify
• Do not set the minimum or maximum controller alarm levels at less than 10% or sensor performance by performing a functional gas test (bump test).
greater than 90% of the full scale range of the sensor. CSA and FM agency limits • When servicing or replacing sensors, reduce the risk of ignition in hazardous
are 60% LEL or 0.6mg/m3. atmospheres by declassifying the area or disconnecting the equipment from the
• When configuring or communicating with the transmitter using the front panel supply circuit before opening the sensor enclosure. Keep the assembly tightly
displays, resume monitoring by exiting all menus and returning to the General closed during operation.
Status menu manually. No time outs are invoked. • Take appropriate precautions when using toxic, flammable, or pressurized
• When selecting a new target gas for units with a Searchpoint Optima Plus, the cylinders.
sensor must be recalibrated. • XNX transmitter is SIL2 approved and please refer to XNX transmitter safety
• XNX Universal Transmitters carrying UL/CSA/FM approvals that are configured for manual (1998-0808) for the detail of SIL certificate.
devices measuring %LEL will not allow adjustments to the full scale value. The
range is fixed at 100%. ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
• There is a potential loss of sensitivity during exposure to high concentrations To minimize the risk of electrostatic discharge:
of H2S. Under these conditions, set the control unit to latch at overrange. In • Ground the transmitter adequately
standalone configuration, set alarms to latching. When resetting the overrange or
alarm, verify correct operation of the transmitter. • Install the transmitter in a manner that will prevent accidental electrostatic
discharges, e.g. ensure that objects do not rub against the housing etc.
• Keep the passwords in a secure area to prevent unauthorized access to the
• Clean the enclosure with a damp cloth when necessary
transmitter. If the passwords are lost, resetting the transmitter will require a
service technician.
• When the transmitter is placed in Inhibit Mode, alarms are silenced. This will
prevent an actual gas event from being reported. Inhibit Mode must be limited
to testing and maintenance only. Exit Inhibit Mode after testing or maintenance
activities.

Safety and Information 7


XNX Universal Transmitter
H a za r d o u s Lo c a t i o n I n s t a l l a t i o n R e q u i r e m e n t s response times T90 by more than one-third. The period until fault indication is
10 seconds.
• Read and understand this manual prior to installation and use.
• Consider the overall response time of the whole system when connecting to other
• Use only certified cable glands for installation.
equipment.
• Shielded armored cable is required for CE compliance.
• The HART interface is subject of this EC-type examination certificate only for
• To reduce the risk of ignition in hazardous atmospheres, conduit runs must have a the purpose of configuration and maintenance. The options “Modbus interface”
pour gland installed within 18 inches (45 cm) of the enclosure. and “FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface” are not subject of this EC-type examination
• All ¾ inch NPT conduit, stopping plugs, and adapters must be installed with 5¼ certificate.
threads (minimum) engaged to maintain the explosion-proof rating. • Long-term exposure (>20 minutes) to concentrations exceeding the full-scale
• The XNX cover assembly must be fully seated to the enclosure (7 threads range of the H2S sensor Type 2 can cause it to lose sensitivity. The measured value
minimum) to maintain the explosion-proof rating. may then decrease even though high levels of toxic gas are still present. If such
conditions can occur, set the control unit to latch at overrange. In standalone
• Use only the supplied stopping plugs (Honeywell part number 1226-0258) with the operation, set alarms to latching.
XNX Universal Transmitter.
• When resetting the overrange or alarm, verify the correct operation of the
• For units fitted with the optional relay module: relay contact ratings are 250 VAC transmitter. Before re-calibrating the transmitter, verify the absence of gas.
5A, 24 VDC 5A resistive loads only.
• An overrange condition may be as result of a poor connection between the sensor
• Use copper conductors only. Tighten terminal block screws to 4.5 lb/in (max). and transmitter.
• For XNX-UT**-***** transmitters, refer to XNX control drawing 1226E0402. • The flameproof joints are not intended to be repaired.
S p e c i a l C o n d i t i o n s f o r S a f e Us e
• The following applies to the HART Barrier intrinsically safe circuits: For installations
in which both the Ci and Li of the intrinsically safe apparatus exceed 1% of the Co
C a u tio n s
and Lo parameters of the associated apparatus (excluding the cable), then 50% of
Co and Lo parameters are applicable and shall not be exceeded, i.e., the Ci of the ! CAUTION
device plus the C of the cable must be less than or equal to 50% of the Co of the Caution messages address situations that could result in damage to the
associated apparatus, and the Li of the device plus the L of the cable must be less transmitter or sensors.
than or equal to 50% of the Lo of the associated apparatus.
• For circuits connected to the EC barrier in which the capacitance and inductance No t e s
exceed 1% of the permitted values, the maximum permitted capacitance is limited
to 600 nF for group IIC and 1uF for group IIIC. ! NOTE
• The connection to the HART circuit shall be rated a minimum of IP 6X. Notes relate helpful information.
• Delays resulting from transmission errors between sensor and transmitter extend

Safety and Information 8


XNX Universal Transmitter
Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Directive Contacting Honeywell Analytics
This symbol indicates that the product must NOT be disposed of as general www.sps.honeywell.com
industrial or domestic waste. This product should be disposed of through
suitable WEEE disposal facilities. For more information about disposal of this Europe, Middle East, Africa
product, contact your local authority, distributor or the manufacturer. Life Safety Distribution GmbH
Tel: 00800 333 222 44 (Freephone no.)
Information Tel: +41 (0)44 943 4380 (Alternative no.)
Middle East Tel: +971 4 450 5800 (Fixed Gas Detection)
Honeywell Analytics assumes no responsibility for equipment that is not Middle East Tel: +971 4 450 5852 (Portable Gas Detection)
installed and used following the procedures in the Technical Manual. [email protected]
Ensure that the appropriate equipment has been installed. If in doubt,
Americas
contact Honeywell Analytics. Honeywell Analytics Inc.
Honeywell Analytics assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions in Tel: +1 847 955 8200
this document or the consequences of those errors or omissions. Contact Toll free: +1 800 538 0363
[email protected]
Honeywell Analytics with corrections. Honeywell Analytics reserves the
right to revise this document without notice. Contact the local distributor or Asia Pacific
Honeywell Analytics if additional information is needed. Honeywell Co., Ltd.
XNX® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International. Tel: +82 (0) 2 6909 0300
India Tel: +91 124 4752700
ReflexTM is a trademark of Honeywell International. China Tel: +86 10 5885 8788-3000
[email protected]
HART® is a registered trademark of the HART Communication
Foundation. Technical Services
Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation Inc. EMEA: [email protected]
US: [email protected]
FOUNDATIONTM is a trademark of Fieldbus Foundation. AP: [email protected]
Unistrut® is a registered trademark of Unistrut Corporation.
Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

Revision History
Revision Comment Date
Rev 15 ECO 2019-4777 Sep 2019
Rev 16 HAA200063 Sep 2020
Rev 17 ECN-00003063 Mar 2023
Rev 18 ECN-00230046 Jul 2023

Safety and Information 9


XNX Universal Transmitter

Introduction

XNX Universal Transmitter Technical Manual 10


XNX Universal Transmitter
Product Description Fieldbus. See the Communications section for
TM

additional information.
The Transmitter
The transmitter is a comprehensive gas detection system
XNX Universal Transmitter
designed to operate in hazardous locations1 and utilize multiple
sensor technologies –catalytic bead, electrochemical (EC),
o in a e to etect to ic ases a a e ases an Searchline Excel
oxygen depletion gas hazards. Each technology has a dedicated
personality board.
Catalytic bead technology is used with the mV personality
board. Catalytic bead sensors respond to a wide variety of Searchpoint Optima Plus

co sti es so a e t pica se o a a e as etection


Electrochemical technology is used with the electrochemical
board. EC sensors measure toxic gases in low concentrations.
The EC sensors employ the patented e e ce a t
ia nosis o tine e e c ec s o ce p esence ce o t
an ce open o s o t ci c it e e is a to atica initiate 705
705HT
t e t ans itte at ei t o inte a s t is a so initiate on
CI2 H2 NH3 O2 HCI
power up or sensor exchange. In the event of a cell failing this CIO2 H2S NO PH3
Multi-Purpose
Detector (MPD)

test a senso a t co e is isp a e e e ia nostics occ in CO HF NO2 SO2


Sensepoint
Sensepoint HT
Catalytic Bead
Infrared Flammable

t e fi st in tes o t e po e p se ence F2 HCN EtO O3


Infrared Methane/CO2

Infrared technology is used with the IR board. IR sensors Personality Sensor T


Type
y Supported Sensors
optically absorb gases that fall into the infrared spectrum.
IR Point and Open-Path Infrared Searchpoint Optima Plus, Searchline Excel
For additional information about any of these sensor types, refer 705, 705HT, Sensepoint, Sensepoint HT, MPD
mV Flammable and Toxic
to the applicable data sheet for the supported sensor in Figure 1. (Catalytic Bead Flammable, IR Flammable and IR CO2)
The transmitter also allows for an optional communication Electrochemical sensors, with Hot Swap, pre-calibrated
XNX EC Toxic and O2 Sensing
through Intrinsically Safe (IS) barrier
board. There are three types of boards: relay, Modbus®, or
.
Figure 1. XNX Universal Transmitter and supported sensing technologies
1
There are three main types of as a a s a a e to ic an asp iant a
a e as a a is one in ic t e e is a is o fi e an o e p osion e a sit ation e t ans itte e ies on o tp t e es e at east e e
in ic a as s c as et ane tane o p opane is p esent to ic as a a is two seconds (once per second is typical), in which the output is
one in ic t e e is a is o poisonin e a as s c as ca on ono i e o en
s fi e o c o ine is p esent n asp iant a a o inc e a is o s ocation proportional to the gas concentration.
t o o en eficienc en can e cons e o isp ace anot e as
Introduction 11
XNX Universal Transmitter
20 mA/HART Output itiona optiona co nication inte aces a e a ai a e
ans itte s p o i e a ent oop it e a co nication o s o ie s
o nication ic can e se confi e o Sin So ce Each communication option has a dedicated option board. For
i e o so ate i e e ect ica inte ace ase on additional information, refer to the Options section.
insta ation e i e ents Certifications
e c ent oop o tp t p o i es an ana o in ication o e sions a e an S iste o insta ation in
special states, a proportional output to gas concentration and ass i ision o ps an a a o s ocations
overrange indication as shown in the table below. In the event of pp o a s e a ation inc es ass one o p
a simultaneous alarm and fault, an alarm condition will always as e as pe o ance tests o specific senso t ans itte
override fault or warning state. combinations. The S o ce tification oes not co e ais
c aine co sti e as t ans itte s t e se o
Output Description* Notes o s o ie s p otoco s o co sti e
as pe o ance o s o ie s
Fault
p otoco s can e se on o ata co ection o eco eepin
a p
Special with regards to combustible gas. The EC cartridge2 and EC
Inhibit
State e ote o nt it a e c assifie to anan ian an S
Bump Test
Indication standards.
Calibration
a nin e sions a e ce tifie to co p it t e
Gas Concentration European Community i ecti e e ation an
the prescribed protection methods for installation in potentially
Overrange
explosive atmospheres.
a con itions a a s ta e p io it o e a ts an a nin s
e sions a e iste an INMETRO approved for
otoco p o i es co nications it t e t ans itte compliance with both U.S. and Brazilian standards.
o a e ote cont o s ste o onfi ation Stat s an
Diagnostics. (See the otoco section for additional See the Sensor Data section for additional information on
information) applicable approvals by part number and the Operating and
Sto a e on itions o e o ance este Senso s section
Communications o a in
e ®
ni e sa ans itte is e iste e it t e ®

Communication Foundation. The transmitter


eat es o e as stan a
2
“Cartridge” and “sensor” are used interchangeably in this document.
Introduction 12
XNX Universal Transmitter
Patents Glossary
Patents Applicable to the XNX Universal Transmitter Term Description
Patent a brief exposure to a gas to verify that a detector is working;
Description Application bump test
Number also known as a functional test
6,123,818 Reflex patent Implemented in XNX ferrite bead a device that suppresses noise in a circuit
6,251,232 Reflex patent Implemented in XNX an open architecture, digital, serial communication system
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
6,351,982 Flammable sensor housing XNX accepts this sensor administered by the Fieldbus Foundation
Highway Addressable Remote Transducer Protocol; a bi-
6,395,230 Pellistor Sensor used in XNX HART Protocol directional analog communication system developed by the
7,225,661 Gas calibration adapter Applicable to XNX HART Communication Foundation
7,716,962 Method of gas calibration Used to calibrate XNX ECC cartridges design parameters for the safe operation of electrical equip-
intrinsic safety
ment in hazardous environments; commonly abbreviated IS
Ingress Protection; a system for describing a device’s protec-
IP rating
tion against dry materials and liquids (e.g., IP66/67)
latching alarm an alarm that, once activated, must be manually reset
magnetic wand a small device used to change the transmitter’s settings
Modbus a digital communications protocol based on RS-485 topology
an alarm that automatically resets when the cause of the
non-latching alarm
alarm is removed
pellistor/bead an electronic device used to detect combustible gases
a component of the transmitter that allows its operation to
personality board
focus on different sensing technologies
Personality, Options, and Display; the group of components
POD including an XNX transmitter’s personality board, display, com-
munication board, etc.
adjustment of a detector so that its scale corresponds to a gas
span calibration
concentration range from 0% to 100%
sticky gases gases that tend to coat the surfaces they contact
gases that are poisonous to humans (refer to the gas’s Safety
toxic gases
Data Sheet for details)
adjustment of a detector so that its zero reading corresponds
zero calibration
to a test gas concentration of 0%

Introduction 13
XNX Universal Transmitter
Product Overview ! CAUTION
The transmitter is comprised of these main parts:
Caution: The stopping plugs are for use only with the XNX transmitter. Do not use them
with any other device.

Mounting lugs integral to the enclosure allow easy installation


on a at s ace o ia ete pipe it t e
optiona ipe o nt it o to cei in s it t e ei in o nt
ac et it

Figure 2. XNX exploded view

Enclosure
ai a e in eit e Stainless Steel or in it
S o o on t ea e
ca e con it po ts t e t ans itte enc os e is e p osion
p oo an s ita e o se in to to
ope atin con itions coat a ine finis in p ocess p o i es
the highest degree of corrosion protection. For more information
on pe o ance specifications see t e Specifications section.
e enc os e is e ippe it p to fi e t ea e ca e con it
po ts p o i in nctiona an e i e confi ations ase on
sensor and option choices. See a e con it po t assin ents
for port assignments and restrictions.
Stoppin p s o a e een
p o i e to sea n se ca e con it po ts an a e een
enc e a ate app o e o se it t e enc os e on
The number of stopping plugs varies among available
confi ations

Introduction 14
XNX Universal Transmitter
Cover POD
The transmitter cover is supplied in the identical material The Personality, Options, and Display) includes circuit
specifie o t e enc os e boards for the personality module, optional interfaces, and
display.
Cover
The personality module, or circuit board, determines the
Tempered Glass Window transmitter behavior based on the sensor type attached to
the transmitter (electrochemical cell, catalytic bead sensor, or
infrared) and provides the necessary interface. Connection to the
Cover Lock Screw, requires a attached sensor is made through the sensor connector.
2mm hex key (included)
Figure 3. XNX cover components
The optional communication boards vary depending on the
option selected when ordered. Only one of the three available
te pe e ass in o e i es t e se o t e s pp ie magnetic inte ace options e a s o s o ie s
an sc e i e to acti ate t e o se inte ace s itc es can be attached to the transmitter.
ocate on t e ont o t e isp a o e is a o s o non
intrusive setup and operation.
oc in sc e inte ate into t e co e p o i es positi e
oc in t at can e oosene sin t e s pp ie hex
e

Figure 4. Magnetic wand/screwdriver

! NOTE
Note: When attaching the cover or stopping plugs, coat the threads with a suitable anti-
seize compound to prevent corrosion.
Figure 5. POD, exploded view

Introduction 15
XNX Universal Transmitter
Options Relays
Local HART The e a option e a p o i es o S
no a open no a c ose contacts o a a an
ai a e it an sensor technology or personality, an external a t in ication e ote eset input (TB4) is provided to silence
access to t e inte ace in t e t ans itte is p o i e alarms. Momentarily closing the the circuit between the pins of
n int insica sa e IS) barrier inside the transmitter gives pe o s t e sa e nction as t e eset a s a ts
t e se cont o sin a an e fie co nicato command.
o po a in an confi ation e e te na inte ace is
insta e in t e o e e t ca e con it po t o t e t ans itte The e ote eset s itc esi nate an a e e e ote
and is intrinsically safe. For more information, see the eset S is ocate on t e e a option oa t p o i es
otoco section. a e ote a a e ase eset o a ts an a a s to t e
transmitter. In the event that direct access to the local and
®
inte aces is not possi e a a s an a ts o an
transmitter may be reset remotely using a momentary switch.
This will momentarily close the circuit between the two pins of
p o i in t e sa e nctiona it as a eset a s a ts
command performed from the main screen of thelocal user or the
inte aces
Relays are not available when the Modbus® o
Fieldbus options are installed.
The transmitter has three relays: relay 1 is for alarm level 1, relay 2
Figure 6. XNX Universal Transmitter with HART interface IS barrier is for alarm level 2, and relay 3 is for faults and special states. Two
alarm levels can be set, allowing, for example, a level 1 alarm for
! NOTE the immediate area when a certain gas concentration is detected
an a p ant i e e e a a en a eate as concent ation is
Note: POD options are either relay, Modbus, or FOUNDATION Fieldbus. detected.
The maximum refresh rate of the relays is 2 seconds.
See the Set a a es section for more information.

Introduction 16
XNX Universal Transmitter
Modbus Accessories
The optional Modbus interface allows the transmitter to connect Refer to the ccesso ies Spa es section for part numbers.
to a s o e ices an t ans it ata to s o cont o e s
(For more information, see the Modbus Protocol Manual).
Connections to the transmitter are made through a pluggable ! CAUTION
te ina oc on t e o s inte ace ci c it oa o s Caution: When used in excessively wet conditions, e.g. a hose-down, use of
p otoco ses S e p otoco s o co nication the Extreme Weather Protector is recommended. When used in dusty conditions, use of
the Weatherproof Cap is recommended.

FOUNDATION Fieldbus Pipe Mount Kit


fie s is a i ita co nication s ste ic The pipe o nt it a o s t e t ans itte to e o nte to pipe
s ppo ts se e a t pes o essa es n i e an t a itiona
o in ia ete e it inc es t e pipe
s ste s ic e i e a set o i es o eac e ice tip e
o nt ac et t o ca ia e o ts n ts an oc as e s
fie s e ices can e connecte it a
sin e set o i es fie s o e co es so e
o t e isa anta es o p op ieta net o s p o i in a
stan a i e net o o connectin s ste s an e ices

! NOTE
Note: FOUNDATION Fieldbus XNX transmitters require a separate power source and
cannot be powered via the bus.

Introduction 17
XNX Universal Transmitter
Calibration Gas Flow Adaptor (not part of the approval by
DEKRA Testing and Certification GmbH)
The ca i ation as o a apto is se to app ca i ation test Ceiling Mount Bracket Kit
gas to the sensor. It attaches to the bottom of the sensor and
can e fitte it o t e o in t e stan a eat e p oo ap
See the Calibration section for details on gas calibration.
The optional cei in o nt ac et it inc es
two stainless steel cei in o nt ac ets o ts
Weatherproof Cap and nuts.

The weatherproof cap protects sensors from harsh weather.

Remote Gassing Kit

Remote Sensor Mounting Kit for EC Sensors The e ote assin it ena es as
to be applied remotely for
performing functional response
The e ote senso o ntin it a o s senso s to e
c ec s p tests e it
e ote o nte ia an S ca e it a ai a e in a io s
en t s e it inc es s ie e ca e ca e an s an nc es e on tubing, a
®

e ote te ina o e ca e can e c t to t e e i e en t o ntin ac et a t e cap an


then terminated at the remote terminal box. e ice a apte s in an
(6.3 mm and 3.2 mm) ID to attach to
bump test ports on the
weatherproof cap of the device.
Collecting Cone

The co ectin cone i p o es etection o i te t an ai ases


such as hydrogen and methane.

Introduction 18
XNX Universal Transmitter
Extreme Weather Protector with suitable 6mm fasteners.
The extreme weather protector protects the sensor from
environmental conditions in outdoor exposure applications.

Duct Mount Kit


The ct o nt it can e se it t e senso to etect 2,
2 an 2 S ases in cts en co ine it t e
nte ace apte a ai a e sepa ate t e ct o nt it can
acco o ate t e to etect a a e ases in cts
e ct o nt it inc es t e a apte as et an e i e
astene s o app ications o e ot t e ct o nt it
an t e nte ace apte

1226A0382 MPD Adapter Ring


S3KDMK EC/MPD Duct Adapter Kit

Sunshade
The s ns a e is se in en i on ents it i eat an
or direct sunlight. It protects the sensor from environmental
con itions in o t oo app ications e pin to eep t e
inte na co ponents it in t e specifie te pe at e an es
e s ns a e can e o nte to inc pipe o to a a
Introduction 19
XNX Universal Transmitter
The Front Panel In some menus where displayed values can be changed, the
e t ans itte ses a netic s itc es to ena e non int si e magnet must be swiped over the switch to cause the numeral
operation. To activate a magnetic switch, hold the magnetic end on the display to advance through the available values. Use the
✖ s itc to et n to a p e io s en o fie
of the screwdriver up to the glass window and slowly swipe the
magnet directly over the switch area. For best results, hold the For the purposes of this manual, the instruction to use
screwdriver as illustrated in Figure 7. , ✖ , or , means to activate the relevant magnetic switch as
described above.

Power LED (green)

Fault LED (yellow)

Alarm LED (red)

Switch Actuation
Visual Indicator
Enter/Accept Escape/Back Escape Enter/Accept

Switch Actuation
Move Left Visual Indicator
Decement Value Move Right
Increment Value

Figure 8. Front panel display of the transmitter

Move Right/Increase Value Move Left/Decrease Value

Figure 7. Using the magnetic wand

is a in ication o t e s itc act ation i appea in


the lower right corner of the display each time the switch is
activated.

Introduction 20
XNX Universal Transmitter
Controls and Navigation Current Concentration Level
(Numeric)
Command Description Status Indicator
Concentration Units
Full Scale
e nte ccept s itc is se to access en s Current Concentration Level
accept changes and to answer “yes” to system (Bar Graph) Alarm 2 Set Point
nte ccept prompts. Alarm 1 Set Point
✖ e scape ac s itc is se to et n to p e io s Figure 10. General Status screen, normal operating mode
scape ac menus or to answer “no” to system prompts.

e e t ec e ent a o is se to o e t o The Normal Operating Mode icon indicates proper operation.


o e et menu options or decrease values when entering text or The display also shows the concentration level of the target
Decrease Value numbers. as in t o a s n t e fi st a n e ic a e is s o n in t e
e i t nc e ent a o is se to o e t o
upper right corner of the display in the units selected (ppm,
menu options or increase values when entering text or e secon concent ation isp a is s o n in
o e i t
numbers. the form of a bar graph representing the current concentration
Increase Value
a ainst sca e an in e ation to t e efine a a e es o
The General Status Screen more information on setting range and alarm levels, see the
an e a Settin s section. See the Senso e o ance
ata acto t a e ifie , e o ance ata e a
estin an e tification and the Other EC Sensors sections for
negative drift and zero deviation values.
en a a nin is t i e e t e warning icon appears and
information is displayed on the General Status Screen. The
\ information displayed alternates between screens displaying the
Figure 9. General Status screen3 gas concentration and the warning code. See the a nin s and
The General Status screen shows the status of the transmitter. Faults section for more warning code information.
a nin s a ts a a e e s an c ent concent ation e e s Warning Icon Warning Code
are displayed continuously.

Figure 11. General Status Warning detail


The LCD screen’s refresh rates are 500 milliseconds when the LCD heater is off and 1 second
3

with the heater on.


Introduction 21
XNX Universal Transmitter
If the fault icon is displayed, a fault condition has been Negative values are not displayed and do not appear on the
triggered and the display will alternate between the target gas o tp t t t e a e in icate a ts o a nin s
concentration and the fault code. See the a nin s and Faults when preset thresholds are exceeded. (See zero deviation in the
section for more fault code information. Specifications section).
In addition to the graphic alarm, fault, and warning indicators,
Fault Icon Fault Code the s on t e ont pane as in t ese patte ns ase on t e
condition:
LED1
Condition
Red Green Yellow
Alarm 1 Solid
Alarm 2 Flashing
Figure 12. General Status Fault detail Warning Solid
In the event of multiple warnings or faults, the user can view all Fault Flashing2
messages with the transmitter’s ent isto function. Health Flashing
en an a icon is displayed, the target gas 1
The refresh rate of the LEDs is 0.5 second.
2
concentration exceeds one or both preset alarm levels. The Special states (Warmup, Inhibit) are not indicated by the Fault LED.

General Status Screen displays the gas concentration and the


alarm level exceeded. Entering the Menu
Alarm Icon Alarm Level Triggered
Swiping the magnet over the magnetic switch or ✖ allows the
se to eset a ts o a a s isp a c ent settin s o a e
Target Gas adjustments to the device.
Concentration
Figure 13. General Status Alarm detail ! NOTE
In an overrange condition, the alarm icon will display and the target
Note: If the Easy Reset option is set to Lock, alarms and faults cannot be reset
as concent ation a ap an a a setpoints i as
without logging in or entering a passcode. For more information, see the Configure
Alarm Level Triggered
Security section.
Full Scale
Concentration Swiping the ✖ o escape a netic s itc acti ates t e a
Reset screen and allows alarms to be silenced and faults to be
Concentration Bar, Alarm Setpoints Flash reset.
Figure 14. General Status Overrange detail

Introduction 22
XNX Universal Transmitter
The switch resets all alarms and faults and returns to the en t e assco e sc een is isp a e t e fi st passco e i it
General Status screen. Use the ✖ switch to return to the General is highlighted. Use the switches to increase or decrease
Status screen without resetting the alarms and faults. through the values. Once the correct value is displayed for the
fi st i it accepts the value and moves to the next digit or ✖
moves to the previous digit of the passcode.

Figure 15. Alarm Reset screen

Two authorization levels control access based upon the security Figure 17. Entering the passcode
e e o t e se e e o tine aintenance an e e Repeat for each of the remaining digits in the passcode. If the
(technician and password administrator). The default passcodes passco e is ente e inco ect t e n a i assco e sc een is
for both levels are “0000” and must be changed after installation
to control access (see the Configure Security section). In displayed and the user is returned to the General Status screen.
general, access to neither security level restricts the user to
viewing the transmitter’s display. If desired, the Easy Reset from
Main Status option a o s a a an a t esets it o t e i in
access to either security level.

Figure 18. Invalid Passcode screen

Figure 16. Passcode screen

! WARNING
Warning: The factory-set passcodes must be reset to prevent unauthorized access to
the transmitter’s menus.

Introduction 23
XNX Universal Transmitter
Displaying Transmitter Information Main Menu
i e in t e ene a Stat s isp a s ipe t e a net o e t e Once the proper passcode has been entered, the transmitter
magnetic switch to display information about the transmitter. displays the Main Menu.
The General Status display will replace the bar graph in the lower
portion of the screen with the unit’s serial number, the date and
time, and the unit’s part number.

Figure 20. The Main Menu

Figure 19. General Status Screen with unit information


o t e ain en a e e se can
• display the current settin s confi ation
• test the transmitter
• calibrate and bump test the transmitter
• confi e t e nit o language, date and time

The Main Menu consists of these options:


See
Menu Description
Section...
Configuring
Provides access to settings to configure the
Configure the
transmitter and connected devices
Transmitter
Provides access to tools and settings to allow
Test Test Menu
simulation of gas events to test the system
? Displays current settings for the transmitter Information
Information
including optional relays and Modbus Menu
Gas
Gas Displays the interface to calibrate sensors
Calibration
Calibration attached directly to the transmitter
Menu

Introduction 24
XNX Universal Transmitter
Menu Navigation

Introduction 25
XNX Universal Transmitter
Fieldbus Settings5
Fieldbus Settings
ent isto
Information Mode nc e ent e t e io s ent
a a t Stat s nc e ent e t e io s o
a a t nc e ent e t e io s a
onfi a a t eset nc e ent e t e io s a
eset a a t nc e ent e t e io s a t
ate i e
ans itte Se ia e ision
Transmitter Data
Transmitter Status
Transmitter Status
Senso pe Se ia e ision
Sensor Data
Sensor Status
Sensor Status
Gas Name, ID, Range
Gas Data
an e Settin s a Settin s
an e a Settin s
e e Settin s
e e Settin s
Relay Settings4
Relay Settings

4 Optional relay only 5 ptiona ie s an o s on


Introduction 26
XNX Universal Transmitter

Test Mode Calibration Mode


Inhibit Gas Calibration
na e isa e n i it Enter Span Gas Concentration (Oxygen)
o ce tp t Enter Span Gas Concentration (Not Oxygen)
Se ect ent to Bump Test
ccept tp t a i ation
Force Relay6 st tp t
Select Relay 1 st tp t
Select Relay 2 Soft Reset7
Select Relay 3 i n ce 8
ccept
a a t Si ation
a Si ation
a Si ation
a nin Si ation
Fault Simulation

7 Searchpoint Optima and Searchline Excel only


6 Optional relay only 8 Searchline Excel only

Introduction 27
XNX Universal Transmitter
an e o a nin
an e o e an e
an e o o Si na
an e o oc e ea
onfi ation o e Set Calibration Interval
Se ect an a e ccept e Senso pe12
Set ate i e Information screen identifying previous sensor and
new sensor
Set Date Format
Screen displays new type and old type
Set Year, Month, Day
Set ea oc 13
Set o s in tes Secon s
Se ect ea oc es o
Sensor Type Selection
Se ect i e to ea oc
Set mV Sensor Type9
Select Time to Fault
Set Senso pe10
Set at en t 14
Gas Selection
Set e at en t
Changing the Gas or Units Name
onfi e nit
as Se ections an a i its ase on Edit ID
Sensor Type
an e a s Clear ID
Set Range Default ID
a pe Relay Options15
a Setpoint Se ect
a atc in o on atc in Se ect
a pe Fieldbus Options16
a Setpoint an e ie s ess
a atc in o on atc in Change Fieldbus Speed
Selecting the Numeric Format Security
atc in on atc in eset an
o e
Change Meas. Units11
o e
tp t e e s
an e o n i it 12 Electrochemical and catalytic bead sensors only
13 Searchline Excel only
9 Catalytic bead sensor only 14 Searchline Excel only
10 Searchpoint Optima and Searchline Excel only 15 Optional relay only
11 ECC and mV only ptiona ie s an o s on
Introduction 28
XNX Universal Transmitter

Installation and Operation

XNX Universal Transmitter Technical Manual 29


XNX Universal Transmitter
Sensor Mounting and Location Mounting the Transmitter
The transmitter can be mounted in a number of ways using
! WARNING the integral mounting tabs. The transmitter can be attached
to at a s aces o to nist t®. it t e optiona pipe
Warning: Installation must be in accordance with the recognized standards of the
o nt it t e nit can e o nte to pipe o ia ete to
appropriate authority in the country concerned.
to cei in o nt ac et it is a so a ai a e
Warning: Before carrying out any work, ensure that local regulations and site procedures 7.75"
196.85 mm
4.48"
113.8 mm
are followed. Appropriate standards must be followed to maintain the overall certification 6.00"
2.054"
52.18mm
15.4 mm
of the sensor. 5.6" 0.625"
124.24 mm 15.88mm
0.55"

! CAUTION
14.35 mm
1.768"
44.90 mm
6.138"
158.75mm
1.768"
Caution: Locate transmitters and sensors in accordance with relevant local and national 44.90 mm 3.176"
80.67 mm
legislation, standards, and codes of practice. 1.67"
42.41 mm
1.2"
Caution: Do not locate the transmitter where it will be exposed to direct sunlight. 31.75mm 0.945"
24mm

Caution: Replace a detector only with another of the same type.


Caution: Mount detectors where the gas is most likely to be present.

en ete inin t e p ace ent o senso s o o t e a ice o


safety and engineering personnel and experts having specialist
no e e o as ispe sion t e p ocess p ant s ste an
t e e ip ent in o e eco t e a ee ent eac e on t e
location of sensors. Consider these factors when locating gas
sensors:
• possible damage caused by natural events such as rain or
oo in
• ease of access for functional testing and servicing
• how escaping gas may behave due to natural or forced air
currents.
Figure 22. XNX Universal Transmitter mounting dimensions and clearances

Installation and Operation 30


XNX Universal Transmitter
! WARNING ie ea i in can se an
a ai a e ca e con it po t in
Warning: Any work on the interior of the detector must be conducted only by Honeywell-
the enclosure, to avoid electrical
trained personnel
noise do not use the same
Warning: To reduce the risk of ignition in hazardous atmospheres, disconnect the ca e con it po t o ot e a
equipment from the supply circuit before opening the sensor enclosure. Keep the reset and relay signal lines.
assembly tightly closed during operation. Conduit runs must have a seal fitting connected
within 18 inches (45 cm) of the enclosure.
Warning: Never open the XNX enclosure under power unless the area is known to be
non-hazardous.
Option Position
Warning: When the transmitter is equipped with the optional Remote Mount Kit, the
Local HART® Option B
remote sensor must be securely mounted in a fixed position. The Remote Sensor kit is not
intended to be used as a handheld sensor. XNX Electrochemical Sensor - Local/Remote C
MPD, 705 Series, Sensepoint Series C
Searchpoint Optima Plus A or E

NOTE
Searchline Excel Typically C
! Remote Sensor Connection (except EC) Any remaining
Searchpoint Optima Plus - Remote Any remaining
Note: Agency certifications require that EC and mV sensors face down. Optima Modbus Any remaining
sensors must be mounted horizontally. Relays Any remaining
Foundation Fieldbus Any remaining
e t ans itte is confi e it fi e ca e con it po ts i t Power Any remaining
into the housing for wiring and mounting sensors. Figure 23
provides the guidelines to proper installation of the transmitter.
Figure 23. Cable/conduit port assignments

Installation and Operation 31


XNX Universal Transmitter
Integral Mounting Lugs Wiring the Transmitter
The transmitter is available in sensor technologies, or personality
options, which support a variety of sensors and applications.
Each of the personalities use a dedicated interface board.
a e te ina oc s a e se o eas connection an
service. The personality boards and optional communication
interfaces are enclosed in plastic housings comprising the
electronics Personality, Options, and Display). The
e sona it ci c it oa ete ines t e t ans itte s e a io
based on the type of sensor attached to the interface. See
Figure 24. XNX Universal Transmitter mounting lugs
Specifications for drift and zero deviation values.
is ta e i st ates t e t ee t ans itte confi ations an t e
sensors supported by each.
XNX IR Personality XNX EC Personality

Searchpoint Optima Plus Local/


Searchline Excel XNX EC Sensor
Remote
Generic mA Sensors XNX EC Sensor Remote Mount Kit

XNX mV Personality

Figure 25. Optional pipe and ceiling mounts


705 Local / Remote MPD Local (cat bead and IR) Sensepoint Local / Remote
705HT Local / Remote MPD Remote Sensepoint PPM Local/Remote
Sensepoint HT Remote
Figure 26. XNX Transmitter personalities

Installation and Operation 32


XNX Universal Transmitter
! CAUTION performance of the transmitter. For best reliability use resistive
loads only.
Caution: Before wiring the transmitter, confirm that the correct personality and
communication boards are installed. Isolation
so ate t e po e an si na ca in con cto s

General Wiring Considerations


Circuit Protection
For proper operation of the transmitter and sensor technologies,
consi e ation o i in in ce o ta e ops t ansient S pp ci c its st p o i e o e c ent p otection onsi e
electrical noise, and dissimilar earth ground potentials is in s c ent in speci in an s pp o e s pp an e
imperative in the design and installation of the system. is 16 to 32 VDC for EC and mV versions, 18 to 32 VDC for
Sea c point pti a s an Sea c ine ce an to
VDC depending on the limitations of the device for the generic
! WARNING inp t

Warning: The sensor must be earthed/grounded for intrinsic safety, electrical safety Distance Considerations for Installation
and to limit the effects of radio frequency interference. Earth/ground points are provided
inside and outside the unit. EMI note for applications using shielded cable: Cable shield e ate po e in t e t ans itte is t e acto t at
must provide 90% coverage of the wiring. Cable shield terminations must be made at the ete ines an insta ation s a i istance e
cable glands with suitable EMI type glands. Avoid terminating cable shields at the Earth o tp t si na i easi an e t e istance ac to t e cont o
ground lug inside the XNX enclosure. In cases where wiring is in pipe, a shielded cable is e ip ent
not required. The external terminal is only a supplemental bonding connection where local e p i a acto s ete inin istance a e t e ini ope
authorities permit or require such a connection. atin o ta e o t e t ans itte an o senso t e a i
c ent a o t e t ans itte senso t e esistance o t e
wire used, the power supply voltage, and the current capacity
of power supply. n a itiona consi e ation is t e t pe o
Loading insta ation specifica o an t ans itte s senso s a e
en i in o po e si na e ote i in to drawing power from the same power supply and whether these
senso s st e si e s ficient to p o i e a e ate o ta es t ans itte s a e sin t e sa e pai o i es ais c aine o
for the line length and the loads that will be used. have their own connections.

The use of high inrush or inductive loads may affect the

Installation and Operation 33


XNX Universal Transmitter
Types of Installations
There are three basic types of insta ation a sin e t ans itte Advantages:
tip e t ans itte s connecte to a sin e po e so ce an
• Maximum distance between power source and transmitters
tip e t ans itte s connecte in a ais c ain confi ation
• Fewer power sources.
Single Transmitter Disadvantages:
This is the simplest type of installation. It consists of a single
• a e po e so ce i e nee e
t ans itte insta ation pe po e so ce • If a power source fails, several monitoring points fail.

Multiple Transmitters Connected in a “Daisy-Chain”


Configuration
Power Supply Power Supply Power Supply is confi ation consists o t o o o e t ans itte s insta e
in a line. The power connections are installed as an extension of
Figure 27. Single transmitter installation t e p e io s t ans itte it t e fi st t ans itte ein t e on
Advantages: one actually wired to the power source.
• Maximum distance between power source and transmitter
• Smaller power source Power Supply

• If a power source fails, only one monitoring point fails.


Disadvantage:
Figure 29. Daisy-chained transmitters from one power supply
• tip e t ans itte s e ie tip e po e so ces
Advantages:
Multiple Transmitters Connected to a Single Power Source • ess i e nee e o insta ation
This is two or more transmitters sharing a single power source • Fewer power sources.
with each transmitter having its own dedicated wiring to the Disadvantages:
power source.
• e i es a a e po e so ce
• Shorter distance between power source and transmitters.
• If a power source fails, several monitoring points fail.

Power Supply

Figure 28. Multiple transmitters powered by a single power supply


Installation and Operation 34
XNX Universal Transmitter
! NOTE XNX Universal Transmitter Maximum Power Consumption
-40°C to +65°C -10°C to +65°C
HART over 4-20mA
Note: CSA/FM certification does not cover daisy-chained XNX combustible gas transmitters. HART HART over 4-20mA HART
with Relay, Mod-
Configuration over with Relay, Modbus®, or over
bus, or Foundation
4-20mA FoundationTM Fieldbus 4-20mA
Fieldbus
Power Source Selection (watts) (watts) (watts)
(watts)
For each type of installation, selection of power supply is transmitter with
i po tant o e s pp ies a e ate o ta e an po e e Searchpoint Optima 8.6 9.7 6.9 8.0
Plus
no ina o ta e o a t ans itte s is it t e po e transmitter with
e i e epen in on t e n e o points sin t e sa e 12.1 13.2 10.4 11.5
Searchline Excel
power supply. To determine the atta e e i e a t e a i po e
s a ene a i e ine t e po e s pp s o e capa e e i e ents o a t e points t at i s a e t e po e s pp
o p o i in o e po e t an is e i e t e insta ation o e a p e consi e a s ste it t o t ans itte s
att po e s pp is fine o a sin e it cata tic it cata tic senso s atts eac an one it
senso atts e i e see t e o o in ta e t is Sea c point pti a s atts att po e s pp
ina e ate o a sin e it Sea c point pti a s would probably handle this installation, but a 30 watt power
atts e i e supply would be a better choice.
XNX Universal Transmitter Maximum Power Consumption
-40°C to +65°C -10°C to +65°C Wire Selection
HART over 4-20mA
HART HART over 4-20mA HART The type of wire used for connections has an effect on the
with Relay, Mod-
Configuration over with Relay, Modbus®, or over distance of the installation. This is because some of the voltage
bus, or Foundation
4-20mA FoundationTM Fieldbus 4-20mA
Fieldbus is dropped across the cable between the power supply and the
(watts) (watts) (watts)
(watts) transmitter.
transmitter with toxic
5.1 6.2 3.4 4.5 inne i e i e i ose o e o ta e t an t ic e
sensors
ie ie e a o nt o voltage lost depends on how
transmitter with
catalytic sensors
5.4 6.5 3.7 4.8 c c ent is ein a nt o t e i e o e c ent
transmitter with means more loss. If too much voltage is ropped across in the
5.4 6.5 3.7 4.8 wiring, there may not be enough at the distant point to allow the
infrared cartridge
transmitter to operate.

Installation and Operation 35


XNX Universal Transmitter
Single Transmitter Distances Daisy-Chained Transmitter Distances
For installations that have dedicated wiring between the t is i fic t to ca c ate istances o t is confi ation ee
transmitter and the power supply, use the following chart. These are many factors to be considered: distance from control room
distances assume stranded wire is used. If multiple transmitters to fi st t ans itte istance et een t ans itte s senso t pes
a e sin t e sa e po e s pp a e s e t e po e etc e scena ios a e p esente e e to p o i e a ase to
supply wattage rating is high enough to power all transmitters o o
simultaneously. Transmitter 1 Transmitter 2 Transmitter 3 Transmitter 4 Transmitter 5

Power Supply

“d” “d” “d” “d” “d”

OR Figure 31. Daisy-chained transmitter distances

Power Supply Power Supply 1. Se e a t ans itte s e a space o t e se es an


Figure 30. Single transmitter distances the power source.

Single Transmitter Distances 2 Transmitters - Distance “d”


18 AWG 16 AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG 18 AWG 16 AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG
Configuration Configuration
[1.0 mm2] [1.5 mm2] [2.0 mm2] [3.5 mm2] [1.0 mm2] [1.5 mm2] [2.0 mm2] [3.5 mm2]
4620 feet transmitter mV or EC 380 feet 600 feet 960 feet 1540 feet
transmitter mV or EC 1140 feet 1810 feet 2890 feet with sensor [115 meters] [183 meters] [292 meters] [469 meters]
[1408
with sensor [347 meters] [551 meters] [880 meters] transmitter IR with 220 feet 350 feet 560 feet 900 feet
meters]
Searchpoint Optima Plus [67 meters] [106 meters] [170 meters] [274 meters]
transmitter IR with 660 feet 1060 feet 1690 feet 2690 feet transmitter IR with 185 feet 295 feet 470 feet 750 feet
Searchpoint Optima Plus [201 meters] [323 meters] [515 meters] [820 meters] Searchline Excel [56 meters] [90 meters] [143 meters] [229 meters]
transmitter IR with 550 feet 890 feet 1410 feet 2260 feet
Searchline Excel [168 meters] [270 meters] [430 meters] [690 meters]

Installation and Operation 36


XNX Universal Transmitter
3 Transmitters - Distance “d” 2. Several transmitters installed in pairs with each pair
18 AWG 16 AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG e a space o t e ne t pai an t e po e so ce
Configuration These distances assume the paired transmitters are
[1.0 mm2] [1.5 mm2] [2.0 mm2] [3.5 mm2]
XNX mV or EC 190 feet 300 feet 480 feet 770 feet installed within 10 feet [3 meters] of each other.
With Sensor [58 meters] [91 meters] [146 meters] [234 meters] Transmitters 1 and 2 Transmitters 3 and 4 Transmitters 5 and 6

XNX IR with 110 feet 175 feet 280 feet 450 feet Power Supply
Searchpoint Optima Plus [33 meters] [53 meters] [85 meters] [137 meters]
XNX IR with 90 feet 145 feet 235 feet 375 feet
Searchline Excel [27 meters] [44 meters] [71 meters] [114 meters] “d” “d” “d”

4 Transmitters - Distance “d” Figure 32. Transmitters in pairs


18 AWG 16 AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG
Configuration 2 Transmitters - Distance “d”
[1.0 mm2] [1.5 mm2] [2.0 mm2] [3.5 mm2]
XNX mV or EC 110 feet 180 feet 290 feet 460 feet 18 AWG 16 AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG
Configuration
With Sensor [33 meters] [55 meters] [88 meters] [140 meters] [1.0 mm2] [1.5 mm2] [2.0 mm2] [3.5 mm2]
XNX IR with 65 feet 105 feet 165 feet 270 feet XNX mV or EC 485 feet 775 feet 1230 feet 1970 feet
Searchpoint Optima Plus [20 meters] [32 meters] [50 meters] [82 meters] With Sensor [147 meters] [235 meters] [292 meters] [600 meters]
XNX IR with 55 feet 85 feet 140 feet 225 feet XNX IR with 380 feet 600 feet 960 feet 1540 feet
Searchline Excel [17 meters] [26 meters] [43 meters] [68 meters] Searchpoint Optima Plus [115 meters] [180 meters] [290 meters] [470 meters]
XNX IR with 280 feet 440 feet 700 feet 1130 feet
5 Transmitters - Distance “d” Searchline Excel [85 meters] [134 meters] [213 meters] [344 meters]
18 AWG 16 AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG
Configuration 4 Transmitters - Distance “d”
[1.0 mm2] [1.5 mm2] [2.0 mm2] [3.5 mm2]
XNX mV or EC 75 feet 120 feet 190 feet 300 feet 18 AWG 16 AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG
Configuration
With Sensor [23 meters] [36 meters] [58 meters] [91 meters] [1.0 mm2] [1.5 mm2] [2.0 mm2] [3.5 mm2]
XNX IR with 45 feet 70 feet 110 feet 180 feet XNX mV or EC 190 feet 300 feet 480 feet 770 feet
Searchpoint Optima Plus [13 meters] [21 meters] [33 meters] [55 meters] With Sensor [58 meters] [91 meters] [146 meters] [234 meters]
XNX IR with 35 feet 55 feet 90 feet 150 feet XNX IR with 110 feet 175 feet 280 feet 450 feet
Searchline Excel [11 meters] [17 meters] [27 meters] [46 meters] Searchpoint Optima Plus [33 meters] [53 meters] [85 meters] [137 meters]
XNX IR with 90 feet 145 feet 235 feet 375 feet
Searchline Excel [27 meters] [44 meters] [71 meters] [114 meters]

Installation and Operation 37


XNX Universal Transmitter
6 Transmitters - Distance “d” POD Connections
18 AWG 16 AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG This illustration shows the connections available on of the
Configuration
[1.0 mm2] [1.5 mm2] [2.0 mm2] [3.5 mm2] te ina oc s o eac t pe o personality board.
XNX mV or EC 95 feet 150 feet 240 feet 385 feet
With Sensor [33 meters] [45 meters] [73 meters] [117 meters] J1 - Remote HART Connector Only
E
XNX IR with 55 feet 85 feet 140 feet 225 feet
A
Searchpoint Optima Plus [17 meters] [26 meters] [42 meters] [68 meters]
XNX IR with 45 feet 70 feet 115 feet 185 feet

Personality
B

Boards

Boards
Option
Searchline Excel [14 meters] [21 meters] [35 meters] [56 meters]
F

ns e t at i in is a e ate p otecte o ec anica C


a a e in insta ation S o te o open ci c it i in to an
senso a es t in a sca e concent ation ea in D

before the transmitter’s internal diagnostics can identify the


Figure 33. Personality board terminal block legend
external installation fault.
ac o t e pe sona ities ses a sin e te ina oc o
connection with the exception of the IR personality, which
eat es a secon te ina oc
The personality boards also provide a dedicated pair of jumper
s itc es to efine o tp t o t e t ans itte as iso ate
Sin o So ce as e as a se ice pe to a o
power to the loop to continue when the transmitter is being
se ice sepa ate connecto is se to acti ate oca
(see the oca nte ace section).
oca p o i es an e te na access to cont o t e
t ans itte n int insica sa e S barrier inside the
t ans itte a o s t e se to attac an e te na an e fie
co nicato o p o a in an confi ation e e te na
interface is intrinsically safe. It is installed in the transmitter’s
o e e t ca e con it po t

Installation and Operation 38


XNX Universal Transmitter
Table A Table B 4-20mA Output, Common Connections, and Power
Board Type Function S1 S2 Board Type Connection Function
Settings
EC Personality Source   EC Personality Power, 4-20mA

! WARNING
mV Power, 4-20mA,
Sink   mV Personality
Personality 4-20mA Sensor
TB1
Output Power, 4-20mA,
IR
Isolated   IR Personality IR Power and
Personality
Signal Warning: Power off the transmitter before changing S3 or S4. Failure to do this will
permanently damage the transmitter. Both switches must be set in either Source or
Table C Table D Sink prior to applying power.
Board Type Function S3 S4 Board Type Connection Function
IR IR 4-20mA Source   EC Personality J2 EC IS Barrier
Personality Input
e t ans itte a o s t e se to confi et e
Sink   IR Personality TB2 Com A and B
o tp t to Sin So ce o so ate o e ope ation ia t o
Table E Table F po a in s itc es on t e 1
e S itc onfi ation
Board Type Connection Function Board Type Connection Function table shows the S1 and S2 setting and corresponding output
Remote Reset confi ation
Relay TB4 Relay TB3 Relay Output
Connector
Bus Loop Switch Configuration
Modbus SW5 Modbus TB3 Data Connection
Terminators Mode S1 S2
Foundatin Foundation Source Down Up
SW5 Simulation Mode TB3 Data connection
Fieldbus Fieldbus
Sink Up Down
Isolated Down Down
! NOTE
ost cont o e s in t e a et i accept so ce confi e
Note: Open loop faults are not available due to HART, Modbus, and FOUNDATION Fieldbus e ices Sin confi e si na s a e se in o e tec no o
interfaces where a 4-20 signal cannot be used. In this case, open loop, 0mA must be controllers, which reduce the need for complete system
used as the diagnostic. p a es n iso ate si na e ices i t e cont o e ai s o t e
si na i es a e isconnecte o o en t e fie e ice i
e ain ope ationa ost cont o e s in t e a et i accept
The Option circuit boards vary depending upon the option iso ate confi e e ices
selected when ordered. Only one of the three available interface
o e an connections a e a e at an a e
options (relays, Modbus, o ie s can e
i entica o t e an e sona it oa s o se
attac e to t e t ans itte en insta e connections to t e con enience a secon set o e an e po e te ina s a e
options a e a e to connecto s at t e otto o t e . been provided to eliminate the need for a secondary junction
1 The 4-20 mA output state is refreshed at least every two seconds (once per second is typical).
Installation and Operation 39
XNX Universal Transmitter
o in ti no e s ste s en se it t e s pp ie te ina Terminate cable screen at the detector or controller, not both.
Controller XNX
jumpers. These jumpers enable an electrical connection without
connectin to t e e sona it oa nsta t e et een pins +VE +V
1 1-1

an an et een pins an to s ppo t ti no e i in Signal -mA


2 1-6
eep t e tota oa esistance o t e et een an RL Current

400Ω inc in t e esistance o t e p ope se ecte -VE


3
Flow

1-3
-V
ca e an inp t i pe ance o t e e ip ent to e connecte
XNX Source Configuration
ai e to pe o a i ate tp t o it oa s o tsi e
Figure 35. Source wiring
the recommended values may result in a diagnostic warning or
fault messages. Controller XNX

t e o tp t is not se a o esisto st e +V1 1-1


+V

installed.
+V2 +mA
The transmitter’s power consumption is dependent on the 1-5

senso an options o t e specific confi ation o p ope -V2 -mA


operation, the input voltage must be maintained between 16 and 1-6

32 VDC for EC and mV units and between 18 to 32 VDC for IR -V1


1-3
-V

units.
XNX Isolated Configuration

Controller XNX Figure 36. Isolated wiring


+VE 1 +V
1-1

RL a e s app ie to t e ac o t e i enti eac o t e


Signal
2 1-5
+mA
connection points.

NOTE
Current

!
Flow
-VE -V
3 1-3

XNX Sink Configuration

Figure 34. Sink wiring Note: Pins 2 and 4 of terminal block TB1 have no internal connection on the
personality board. When used with the terminal block jumpers, pins 2 and 4 can
provide additional 4-20mA connections or supply power for daisy-chained units.

Installation and Operation 40


XNX Universal Transmitter
Terminal Block Connections
! NOTE Connections to the transmitter are made via pluggable terminal
oc s sec e to t e ac o t e e te ina oc s a e
Note: FOUNDATION Fieldbus XNX transmitters require a separate power source and
e e an po a i e co o co e a e assists in i in en
cannot be powered via the bus.
t e oc is e o e o t e
e te ina s a e s ita e o se it to o
to 2.5 mm2 i e i e ins ation st e st ippe
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Wiring i ten eac te ina to a a i o in s p
ie s connections to t e t ans itte a e to o te ina oc s a e p o i e eac a in o
made through a pluggable te ina oc on t e positions.
Fieldbus option board, shown in Figure 38 simulation switch Two te ina oc jumpers are included to provide an electrical
S is inc e on t e oa to ena e isa e si ation connection without connection to the e sona it oa nsta
o e e ina s t o a e p o i e to aci itate s the jumpers between pins 1 and 2 and between pins 3 and 4 to
i in t e e is no inte na connection to ot e ci c it s ppo t ti no e i in
e ina is connecte inte na to Si i a te ina
is connecte inte na to
1 2 3 4 5 6
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
ground cable
! WARNING
S5 Sim Mode

Warning: When the transmitter is equipped with the optional Remote Mount Kit, the
Out
In

TB-3 Modbus to internal remote sensor must be securely mounted in a fixed position. The Remote Sensor kit is
+ ground lug
+ not intended to be used as a handheld sensor.
TB-3 FFB
3-1 F+
3-2 F+ SW5 -
3-3 F-
Sim switch
3-4 F-
3-5 FS
3-6 FS
Use shorting jumper
supplied to maintain
connection during
service Jumper
assignments
Internal ground lug

Figure 37. FOUNDATION Fieldbus option board and terminal block

Installation and Operation 41


XNX Universal Transmitter
EC Personality Wiring

Terminal Block Jumper


! CAUTION
Caution: Do not force the POD into the enclosure. Doing so may result in damage to
the wiring or the POD or may alter the switch settings. If resistance is felt, wires may
be preventing the POD from being properly positioned.

OUT
IN
TB-1 Terminal Block
J1 - Local HART Connector
J 1
XNX EC TB-1 LOC AL H AR T 1
2
20 mA 3
Operation 4
5
Figure 38. Pluggable terminal block and terminal block jumper S1 S2 6
Source
Sink S1 S2
Isolated
+V 1-1 S1 and S2 - Signal Output

16-32 V D C
6. 2W max .
1-2 Jumper Switch
-V 1-3
S1 S2
1-4
Source
+mA 1-5

4-20mA
H AR T
Sink
-mA 1-6 Isolated
EC TB-1 TB1
J2 - EC Barrier Connector Position EC
1 +24
EC Barrier J 2
XNX EC TB-1 2
3 0v
4

Figure 39. XNX EC personality board terminal blocks and jumper switches and terminal
block assignments

Installation and Operation 42


XNX Universal Transmitter
Optional Local HART
IS Barrier must Electrochemical Sensor Installation
be connected to J1

! CAUTION
S1 S2
J1 HART

Terminal Block 1
3

+ 5

- 6

J2 EC Barrier
Caution: A missing oxygen cell will result in 0% V/V O2 gas concentration, thus
EC IS Barrier must
be connected to J2
triggering alarm events. In this situation, check the connection of the EC cell to the
sensor connector board.
Caution: For biased sensors (e.g., nitrogen dioxide) remove the sensor stabilizer from
the bottom of the sensor prior to installation.
Local HART EC IS Barrier
IS Barrier
(optional) Using the nsta in p in senso illustration as a guide, follow this
HART
Adaptor
procedure:

1. Verify that the label on the new sensor is the correct gas
EC
type.
Adaptor
2. nsc e t e eat e p oo ap oosen t e etaine
oc in sc e it t e s pp ie e e an nsc e t e
sensor retainer.
Sensor Cartridge 3. in t e ne senso a e ca e to a i n t e senso pins
with the connector.
Sensor Retainer 4. efit t e senso etaine ti ten t e oc in sc e it t e
e e an efit t e eat e p oo ap o nt o n ti e
of up to 180 seconds (depending on the sensor type) will
Sensor Cartridge Weatherproof Cap
be displayed.
5. c no e e t e as t pe e i e e o e p ocee in
For more information on setting gas type, see the Gas
Local Sensor Mounted to Transmitter
Sensor Retainer

Selection section.
Weatherproof Cap
6. te t e senso is insta e an t e as t pe is confi e
the range, alarm levels, and other important settings must
Sensor Mounted to
For FM compliance, the tag supplied with
XNXXSH1FM and XNXSO1FM cartridges must be e set see the onfi in t e ans itte section.
attached to the transmitter or remote mount kit.
7. te t e t ans itte as een confi e ca i ate t e
Remote Sensor Kit

Figure 40. EC personality wiring sensor following the procedures in the Calibration section.

Installation and Operation 43


XNX Universal Transmitter
EC Sensor Remote Mounting Kit
e e ote senso o ntin it is se to o nt t e senso
away from the transmitter. To mount the sensor remotely, follow
this procedure:
1. nsc e t e eat e p oo ap oosen t e etaine
oc in sc e an nsc e t e senso etaine
2. Remove the sensor by pulling (without twisting).
3. t e e ote senso ca e connecto into t e otto o
the transmitter and secure the retainer.
Transmitter
4. Route the cable to the location where the remote sensor is
to be mounted.
New Sensor 5. ptiona a e a oop o ca e at t e nction o is
i p o i e so e e cess o t e e te inations
6. necessa c t t e ca e to t e e i e en t
3

! CAUTION
Sensor Retainer &
Locking Screw

2 4 Caution: Do not cut the cable too short. Once cut, additional lengths of cable cannot
be added as this will invalidate the intrinsically safe certification.

1 5

Weatherproof Cap
! WARNING
Figure 41. Installing plug-in sensor
Warning: Enclosures of remotely mounted sensors contain aluminum. Be careful to
avoid ignition hazards due to impact or friction when installed in Zone 1 locations.
! NOTE
Note: Refer to control drawings 3000E3157 and 3000E3159 for the installation 7. Mount the remote sensor junction box, allowing enough
requirements and the remote mounting of EC cells. oo e o to fit t e senso an eat e p oo ap See
control drawing 3000E3159 in the Remote Sensor Mount
section o specific o ntin in o ation

Installation and Operation 44


XNX Universal Transmitter
8. ttac t e ca e to t e e ote te ina o ia t e an
provided.
9. a e t e connections as s o n in t e Installing a remote
senso o ntin it illustration on the next page.
10. Fit the Terminal box lid.
Connections
11. t e senso into t e soc et at t e otto o t e te ina Pin # Color
box. 1 Yellow
12. it t e senso etaine ti ten t e oc in sc e an fit 2 Green
3 Blue
t e eat e p oo ap 4 White
13. Calibrate the sensor following the procedure in the e o 5 Red
and Span Calibration for EC Sensors, mV Sensors, and 6 Black
Searchpoint Optima section.

Sensor Cartridge

Sensor Retainer

Weatherproof Cap

Sensor Mounted to Remote Sensor Kit


Figure 42. Installing a remote sensor mounting kit

Installation and Operation 45


XNX Universal Transmitter
mV Personality Wiring
t ans itte it t e pe sona it oa a o s inte ace to
t e ti pose etecto an Sensepoint e ices J1 - Local HART Option Connector internal
grounding lugs
S1 and S2 - 20mA Output

! CAUTION
Jumper Switch
S1 S2
J 1
Source
LOC AL H AR T
Sink
Caution: See Specifications to ensure that the transmitter and the mV sensor have the 20 mA
Operation Isolated

appropriate approvals prior to commissioning. S1 S2


Source
Sink S1 S2
Isolated
Caution: Verify that the mV sensor being installed has compatible threads (3/4 NPT or +V 1-1

16-32 V D C
6. 5W max .
1-2
M25). -V 1-3
1-4
Read the i in t e ans itte section ic efines t e +mA 1-5

4-20mA MP D , 705
H AR T Sensepoint
po e an o tp t connections t at a e co on to a -mA
Sense
1-6
1-7
personalities. 0v 1-8
R ef 1-9
Connections from the mV sensor to the transmitter are made mV TB-1 1 2 3 4
ia a sin e p a e te ina oc one e na tics 5 6
7 8
9
recommends that an 8” (20 cm) service length for wiring be XNX mV TB-1
maintained. The wire colors for the connections for each sensor
type are shown in the table on this page.
Figure 43. mV personality board terminal blocks and jumper switches
e i t at i es o o tp ts a e o te a a o
sources of noise such as relay wires.

! NOTE mV Catalytic Bead Sensor


Wire Color from Sensor
mv MPD w/IR Sensor
TB-1 Desc. Sensept IR 5%
705 Sensept
Note: The black and red wires from the MPD are not used with the mV personality MPD
705HT Senspt HT
PPM* IR Flam
CO2 CH4
board. Ensure that they are properly isolated from live connections. Do not cut the
wires. Pins 1-6
See subsections in the 4-20 mA Output, Common Connections, and Power Settings section for pin
identification

! CAUTION
7 Sense Brown Red Brown
8 0v White Green White
9 Ref Blue Blue Blue
Caution: Dress the wires properly so that cabling does not contact switches 1 or 2
*Internal earth ground; approximately one inch of the black sheath that contains the Sensepoint PPM’s four wires (red, blue,
on the back of the POD. Do not force the POD into the enclosure. Doing so may result green, silver) must be split to allow the silver grounding wire to reach the internal grounding lugs.
in damage to the wiring or the POD. If resistance is felt, wires may be preventing the
POD from being properly positioned.

Installation and Operation 46


XNX Universal Transmitter
mV Remote Sensor Mounting
Optional Local HART e senso can e o nte e ote o t e t ans itte t e
S1 S2
IS Barrier must installation will vary by installed location, sensor and thread type
be connected to J1
J1 HART

1 used. To remotely mount the sensor, follow this procedure:


1. Install a junction box appropriately rated for the
2

en i on ent o s ficient oo o t e insta ation an


4

Terminal Block 1
+ 5

ca i ation o t e senso senso s st e insta e


- 6

Sense 7

with the sinter pointing down.)


Com 8

Sense 7
Ref 9

Com 8 2. oosen t e etaine oc in sc e on t e t ans itte it


Ref 9
t e s pp ie e e
3. nsc e t e t ans itte s eat e p oo ap an oosen
t e etaine oc in sc e it t e s pp ie e e
Internal Ground Lug
4. Run conduit or cable from one of the transmitter’s
available conduit ports to the location of the remote
te ina o sin in acco ance it oca e i e ents
te ina o sin p o i es a o ntin ase o t e
sensor. The installation wiring enters the terminal housing
ia con it an S e i e a con it po fittin
Local HART within 18 in. (45 cm) of each enclosure.
IS Barrier
(optional)

HART
Adaptor

Ground Wire from


UL/CSA Aluminum Junction Box
Sensepoint PPM and HT 2441-0022
ATEX/IEC Junction Box
00780-A-0100

Figure 45. Remote terminal housings


MPD
705 The distance between transmitter and remote installation must
Sensepoint comply with these parameters to ensure proper operation.
Distances are dependent on sensor types and the wire gauge
Figure 44. mV personality wiring
used.

Installation and Operation 47


XNX Universal Transmitter
MPD CB1, 705 Series. Internal Ground Lug
AWG Metric Wire Gauge Sensepoint Series MPD IC1, IV1 & IF1 Sensors (do not use)
Sensors
24 0.25 mm2 12m (47 ft.) 30m (97 ft.) Power
22 20m (65 ft.) 50m (162 ft.)
20 0.5 mm2 30m (97 ft.) 80m (260 ft.)
18 50m (162 ft.) 120m (390 ft.)*
16 1.0 mm2 80m (260 ft.)* 200m (650 ft.)*
* Fluctuations in temperature have a greater impact on smaller wire diameters and therefore may require
more frequent zero calibrations.
Ferrite Bead
for Remote
5. iet ep a e te ina oc as s o n in t e mV Sensor Wiring
personality board illustration then plug the connector into
XNX Universal Transmitter
t e ac o t e pe sona it oa n e ote o nt
mV
confi ations t e i es connectin t e p a e Remote
te ina oc an t e e ote st e o te Sensor

t o t e s pp ie e ite ea one e na tics


pa t no s pp ie in t e accesso it as
shown in Figure 46. Figure 46. Ferrite bead wiring

6. o nt t e e ote senso nction o it s ficient oo


e o to fit t e senso an eat e p oo ap

! WARNING
Warning: Install the junction box according to local codes and manufacturer’s
requirements.

7. ttac t e con it to t e e ote te ina o e


junction box provides a mounting base for the sensor and
contains the associated electronic circuit.
8. In the remote junction box, connect the wires from the
t ans itte to t e a te ina oc in t e te ina o

Installation and Operation 48


XNX Universal Transmitter

! NOTE ! NOTE
Note: The black and red wires from the MPD are not used with the mV personality Note: Environmental conditions that compromise the IP66 protection provided
board. Ensure that they are properly isolated from live connections. Do NOT cut the by the Weatherproof Cap will extend published response times. Safety protocols
wires. or maintenance procedures that consider these environmental conditions are
recommended.

! WARNING IR Personality Wiring


Warning: The enclosures of remotely mounted 705HT sensors contain aluminum. Be e S i ita co nication is t e p i a inte ace in
careful to avoid ignition hazards due to impact or friction when installed in Zone 1 which the transmitter reads gas concentration and sensor status
locations. o t e pti a s Sea c ine ce S co nication
ca e po t e ices an an in e e ents st e ce tifie in ai s t e pti a s Sea c ine ce o tp t eco es
t pe o e p osion p otection a ep oo enc os e o e the primary source to read gas concentration.
suitable for the conditions of use and correctly installed. e t ans itte a o s oca p o a in an confi ation
9. t e connecto into t e ac o t e pe sona it oa t o t e oca isp a as e as t o t e
protocol. Gas concentrations can be viewed at the transmitter
10. Install the mV sensor.
o t e Sea c point pti a s o Sea c ine ce ia
11. Terminate wiring at the mV sensor. o tp t as e as o t e i ita co nication
12. t t e t ans itte pass t e i es t o t e e ite ea as connection on TB2 that can provide additional diagnostic
shown in Figure 46 and terminate the wiring at the pluggable in o ation e as concent ation is ta en o t e i ita
te ina oc as s o n in Figure 44. co nication ine as on as it is in a ee ent it t e
13. Fit the terminal box lid. o tp t ot e ise t e o tp t ta es p ece ence
14. it t e senso etaine ti ten t e oc in sc e an fit t e
eat e p oo ap i e i e ! CAUTION
15. Calibrate the sensor following the procedure in the Caution: Dress the wires properly so that cabling does not contact switches 1-4 on
Calibration section. the back of the POD.

Installation and Operation 49


XNX Universal Transmitter
e t ans itte p o i es a o tp t e ectin t e inp t e Sea c point pti a s o Sea c ine ce can e
ecei e t a so o e s ia nostic in o ation o ata ia s pp ie in eit e Sin o So ce o e ope ation an is t pica
or any of the additional communication options offered. a e e on t e ite i e e itin t e Sea c point pti a so
Read the i in t e ans itte section ic efines t e Searchline Excel. Use the table in the IR personality board wiring
t ans itte po e an o tp t connections t at a e guide to set S3 and S4 to the same output type that appears on
common to all personalities. the wire tag of the IR device.
o o e in o ation see t e Sea c point pti a s pe atin
Instructions (2108M0905) or the Searchline Excel Technical
! CAUTION Manual (2104M0506).
Caution: Do not force the POD into the enclosure. Doing so may result in damage to
the wiring or the POD or may alter the switch settings. If resistance is felt, wires may Connecting Generic mA Devices
be preventing the POD from being properly positioned.
Use the following schematics to set switches S3 and S4 They
must be set to the same output type (which appears on the wire
ta o t e e ice
Searchpoint Optima Plus/Searchline Excel Connections e pe sona it t pe p o i es o a ene ic inp t n e
onnections o t e Sea c point pti a s o Sea c ine senso t pe confi ation e ®
Universal Transmitter can
Excel to the transmitter are made via two pluggable terminal e se to con e t t e inp t to e t ans itte o e ®
or
oc s see t e IR personality board wiring guide). Maintain an optional Modbus o®
Fieldbus protocols and to
inc se ice en t o i in set optiona e a s i e ippe itiona confi ation o as
t pe an nit o epo tin is e i e see the Gas Selection
n e ote o nt confi ations t e a i istance et een
section o ene ic e ices inp t a es e o i
t e t ans itte an pti a so ce is eet ete s
generate Fault 155.
using 0.75 mm2 i e ini

! NOTE
Note: A second, black-handled screwdriver is included for use on terminal blocks
2 and 4. This tool is smaller than the magnetic wand and is designed to fit into the
terminal connections on TB2 and TB4.

Installation and Operation 50


XNX Universal Transmitter
XNX S3 and S4 must be in the UP position J1 - Local HART Connector Figure 49. IR personality
Set mA Device and XNX to the same output type. J 1
LOC AL H AR T board terminal blocks,
XNX mA Device 20 mA jumper switches and wiring
Operation S1 and S2 - 20mA Output
24V 7W Max guide
S1 S2 Jumper Switch
+IR +V Source
1-7 Sink S1 S2 S1 S2
Isolated
Source
+V 1-1
RL

13. 2W max .
18-32 V D C
Sink
1-2 1
Isolated 2
Signal +mA -V 1-3 3
4
1-9 1-4 5
6
7
+mA 1-5 8

4-20mA Searchline
H AR T Searchpoint
9
Current -mA 1-6 S3 and S4 - IR 20mA Input
Flow Jumper Switch
+ Ir 1-7
-IR -V - Ir 1-8 S3 S4
1-8 TB1
Sig 1-9 Source
Ir TB-1 Sink
TB-2 Ir D ata
XNX IR TB-1
Figure 47. XNX mA input sink configuration S3 S4
Source
Sink
XNX S3 and S4 must be in the DOWN position
Set mA Device and XNX to the same output type. TB2
XNX mA Device
TB1 TB2
From Searchpoint From Searchpoint
+IR +V Terminal
1-7 Desc. Optima Plus Terminal No. Optima Plus
No.
Searchline Excel Searchline Excel
1 +24v A Blue
See the 4-20 mA
Signal -mA 2 B Orange
1-9 Output, Common
3 0 VDC Connections, and Power
4
RL Current Settings section .
Flow 5 +20mA XNX
-IR -V 6 -20mA From Searchpoint Optima Plus
1-8 Desc.
7 +24VDC Red Searchline Excel
8 0VDC Black Earth Green/Yellow
9 Sig - 20mA White
Figure 48. XNX mA input source configuration
Note:
Honeywell Aanalytics recommends that Excel or Optima and the transmitter be wired to building ground.
Ground the system at only one point.

Installation and Operation 51


XNX Universal Transmitter
Optional Local HART
Optional Local HART J1 HART
S1 S2

IS Barrier must be
connected to J1
S1 S2

IS Barrier must be
J1 HART
1

connected to J1
3
1
4

Terminal Block 1
2 5

+ 6
3
+24 7
4 Gnd 8

Terminal Block 1
5 Sig 9

S3 S4
+ 6

+24 7 A 1

B 2
Gnd 8
Terminal Block 2
IR Data
Sig 9

S3 S4

A 1

B 2

Terminal Block 2
IR Data

Isolation kit is not


important in this
configuration
Conduit/armored cable
Internal
body screw

Searchpoint Local HART


IS Barrier
Optima Plus (optional)
RFI and EMC shield

HART
Adaptor
To Building
Ground External
Local HART body screw
IS Barrier Mounting plate
(optional) must be connected to Searchline Excel
the same earth ground
as the XNX transmitter

HART
Adaptor To local
building
ground

To Building Earth loop through the


conduit/armored cable
Ground must be avoided

Figure 50. IR personality wiring - Searchpoint Optima Plus Control


Room

Armor

Control XNX
Room Transmitter

RFI and EMC shield

Notes:
Ground loops through the armor must be avoided. If armor is connected to the XNX transmitter via a
conductive EXd cable gland, the armor must not be earthed at any other location (this will prevent ground
loops). Since it is already earthed at the transmitter. Armor must be grounded only if an isolating gland is used
to connect it to the transmitter.

Ground loops through the RFI and EMC shield must be avoided. RFI and EMC shield must be connected to a
clean/instrumentation earth ground at the control room. To avoid an earth loop, connect it only at the control
room (not at the transmitter).

Figure 51. IR personality wiring - Searchline Excel

Installation and Operation 52


XNX Universal Transmitter
Attaching the Searchpoint Optima Plus to the
Transmitter Searchline Excel/Searchpoint Optima Plus Remote Installation
o ent ies inse t t e sea one e pa t n e Junction boxes are available for the Searchline Excel and
into t e p ope ca e con it openin t en t ea Sea c point pti a s to aci itate e ote o ntin o
t e oc n t one e pa t n e onto t e pti a the transmitter. Junction boxes are available for installations
to the end of the threads. Thread the Optima body into the e i in S o app o a s ons t t e
t ans itte nti t e sea co p esses an o t e pti a otto s Searchline Excel Technical Handbook one e pa t n e
o t e e se nti t e se i ci c a patte n o o es on t e ont 2104M0506) or Searchpoint Optima Plus Operating Instructions
of the weather protection are on the bottom (see below). Tighten one e pa t n e o specifics on e ote
t e oc n t to t e t ans itte o insta ations o contact a one e na tics ep esentati e o
more information.

Figure 52. Searchpoint Optima Plus orientation

e po ts o not e i e t e sea an oc n t e o
o t e t ea s p o i e positi e oc in an sea in

! NOTE
Note: When attaching the Searchpoint Optima Plus, coat the threads with an anti-seize
compound to prevent corrosion.

Installation and Operation 53


XNX Universal Transmitter
Searchpoint Optima Plus/Searchline Excel Wiring
en i in t e t ans itte an t e Sea c point pti a
s o Sea c ine ce o e ote app ications t e ene a
eco en ations o t e S stan a st e
adhered to with the following additions:
1. en o ntin t e Sea c ine ce senso o
Sea c point pti a s etecto n t e i in et een
each sensor or detector and the transmitter in separate,
dedicated conduits.
2. se t iste s ie e ca e o t e S
connection between sensor or detector and the
transmitter. Verify that the shield of the cable is grounded
to ea t an t e o n on one en
3. oi nnin i in nea ain ca es o ot e i
o ta e e ip ent
4. Do not install 120 ohm terminating resistors. These
esisto s a e not e i e e to o ata ates
5. one e na tics eco en s t at Sea c ine ce
senso s o Sea c point pti a s etecto s an t e
transmitter be wired to building ground. Ground the
system at only one point.
6. e o a so t eset a te connectin t e Sea c point
pti a s etecto an t e t ans itte o t e fi st ti e
The soft reset is performed by accessing the transmitter’s
a i ation en en t e so t eset is initiate o
t e pti a senso t e S co nication i
e inte pte te po a i an a ts an o
a e o se e S co nication i e e
established in a few minutes and the faults will be reset
a to atica in non atc in o e e a ts st e
reset manually in latching mode

Installation and Operation 54


XNX Universal Transmitter
Pair 1: Unit Ground and IR Sense
(Cable Shield Grounded ONE END ONLY)

Pair 3: IR +ve and IR -ve


Pair 2: RS485+ and RS485-
(Cable Shield Grounded ONE END ONLY)
(Cable Shield Grounded ONE END ONLY)

Twisted Shielded Pair


LOCAL
J1
HART 18 AWG
20 mA
Operation
S1 S2
Source
Sink
Isolated
S1 S2
IR Sens IR Sens (white)
+V 1-1
13.2W max.
18-32 VDC HART Searchpoint

1-2
-V 1-3
IR +ve IR +ve (red)
1-4
+mA 1-5 IR -ve IR -ve (black)
4-20mA Searchline

-mA 1-6 Junction Box


+ Ir 1-7
- Ir 1-8
Searchline Excel
Ir
Sig 1-9
TB-1
RS485+ RS485+ (yellow)
TB-2 Ir Data
RS485- RS485- (blue)
S3 S4
Source
Sink

Unit Gnd (green)


RS485 Cable Shield
+ve Ground ONE END ONLY Searchpoint Optima Plus
Power Supply
-ve

Single Ground Point

Figure 53. IR remote wiring

Installation and Operation 55


XNX Universal Transmitter
Options e ices can ope ate in point to point o ti op
confi ations
Local HART Interface
ai a e it an senso tec no o o option t is option ! CAUTION
p o i es an e te na access to t e inte ace in
Caution: Device address changes must be performed only by qualified service
t e t ans itte n int insica sa e S a ie insi e t e personnel
t ans itte a o s t e se to attac an e te na an e fie
co nicato o p o a in an confi ation e e te na
inte ace is insta e in t e o e e t ca e con it po t o t e
transmitter and is intrinsically safe. Point-to-Point Mode
In point to point o e t e si na is se to
communicate one process variable, while additional process
a ia es confi ation pa a ete s an ot e e ice ata a e
t ans e e ia p otoco as s o n in t e i st ation e o
e ana o si na is not a ecte t e si na

Control System
Multiplexer or Other Host Application

Figure 54. XNX Universal Transmitter with HART interface IS barrier installed

The p otoco is a co nication tec no o se


it s a t p ocess inst entation p o i in t o a Barrier Note: Instrument power is provided by an interface
co nication si taneo s it t e ana o si na in or external power source that is not shown.

se t a itiona inst entation e ip ent o o e etai e


in o ation on see t e the otoco section and
www.fieldcommgroup.org. Handheld Terminal

p e entation o t e p otoco in t e t ans itte


• eets p sica a e specification
Field Device
• e p sica a e is teste acco in to sica Figure 55. Point-to-point mode of operation
a e est oce e S
• Data transfer rate: 1200 bps.
Installation and Operation 56
XNX Universal Transmitter
Multidrop Mode the recommended wiring practice. Unshielded cables may be
The ti op o e o ope ation e i es on a sin e pai o se o s o t istances i a ient noise an c oss ta i not
wires and, if applicable, safety barriers and an auxiliary power affect communication.
s pp o p to fie e ices see t e i st ation e o e ini con cto si e is ia ete o
p ocess a es a e t ans itte ia p otoco n ti op cable runs of less than 5,000 ft. (1,524 m) and 0.81 mm diameter
o e a fie e ice po in a esses a e an t e c ent o on e istances
t o eac e ice is fi e at a ini a e t pica
Control System or
Other Host Application

Handheld Terminal

Input/Output (I/O) System

Note: Instrument power is provided by an interface


or external power source that is not shown.

Field Devices
Figure 56. Multidrop mode of operation

! NOTE
Note: Use multidrop connection for supervisory control installations that are widely
spaced such as pipelines, custody transfer stations, and tank farms.

In general, the installation practice for e ices is t e sa e


as con entiona inst entation n i i a s ie e
t iste pai ca e eit e in sin e pai o ti pai a ieties is

Installation and Operation 57


XNX Universal Transmitter
Cable Length Relays
Most installations are well within the 10,000 ft. (3,000 m) The e a option e a p o i es o S contacts
t eo etica i it o co nication o e e t e e ect ica o aa an a t in ication e ote eset is p o i e to
characteristics of the cable (mostly capacitance) and the silence alarms.
combination of connected devices can affect the maximum e e ote eset s itc esi nate an a e e e ote
a o a e ca e en t o a net o e ta e e o eset S is ocate on t e e a option oa t p o i es
shows the effect of cable capacitance and the number of a e ote a a e ase eset o a ts an a a s to t e
net o e ices on ca e en t e ta e is ase on t pica transmitter. In the event that direct access to the local user and
insta ations o e ices in non S en i on ents i e no inte aces is not possi e a a s an a ts o an
miscellaneous series impedance. transmitter can be reset remotely using a switch.
More information for determining the maximum cable length The transmitter can be reset by activating a momentary switch.
o an net o confi ation can e o n in t e HART This will momentarily close the circuit between the two pins of
Physical Layer Specifications. p o i in t e sa e nctiona it as a eset a s a ts
Cable Capacitance – pf/ft (pf/m) command performed from the main screen of the local user or
Allowable Cable Lengths for 18 AWG (1.0 mm2) Shielded Twisted Pair Cable t e inte aces
Number of Network
Devices
20 pf/ft
(65 pf/m)
30 pf/ft
(95 pf/m)
50 pf/ft
(160 pf/m)
70 pf/ft
(225 pf/m) ! NOTE
9,000 ft 6,500 ft 4,200 ft 3,200 ft
1 Note: This option is not available when the Modbus or FOUNDATION Fieldbus options
(2,743 m) (1,981 m) (1,280 m) (975 m)
8,750 ft 6,350 ft 4,075 ft 3,125 ft are installed.
2
(2,667 m) (1,935 m) (1,242 m) (953 m)
8,500 ft 6,200 ft 3,950 ft 3,050 ft i in o t e e a s is t o an a ai a e ca e con it po t to a
3
(2,590 m) (1,890 m) (1,205 m) (930 m) p a e te ina oc See Figure 33 o t e te ina oc
8,250 ft 6,050 ft 3,825 ft 2,975 ft legend.
4
(2,515 m) (1,845 m) (1,165 m) (905 m)
5
8,000 ft 5,900 ft 3,700 ft 2,900 ft The transmitter has three relays: relay 1 is for alarm level 1, relay 2
(2,440 m) (1,800 m) (1,130 m) (884 m) is o a a e e an e a is o a ts an specia states
7,800 ft 5,760 ft 3,620 ft 2,820 ft special states are indicated by the fault relay.
6
(2,380 m) (1,755 m) (1,105 m) (860 m)
7
7,600 ft 5,620 ft 3,540 ft 2,740 ft one e na tics eco en s t at t e a t e a e se in a
(2,317 m) (1,713 m) (1,080 m) (835 m) installations to maintain safe operation. See Set a a es for
7,400 ft 5,480 ft 3,460 ft 2,660 ft more information.
8
(2,255 m) (1,670 m) (1,055 m) (810 m)
The relay state is refreshed every 2 seconds. The fault relay is
Installation and Operation 58
XNX Universal Transmitter
normally energized indicating proper operation. In the event of Modbus
po e ai e o a t t e connection i open The optional Modbus interface allows all transmitter local user
Relay interface functions and parameter settings to be transmitted.
9
TB4
8
7
6
TB3 o s is a aste s a e p otoco n one aste at a ti e is
1
R emote
5
4
3
NC
connected to the bus. Modbus communication is always initiated
R eset SW 2 2 C
R elay R atings
1 by the master. The slave nodes never transmit data without
250V AC 5A 3 NO
24V D C 5A ecei in a e est o t e aste no e e s a e no es ne e
3-1 N C 4 NC
communicate with each other. The master node initiates only one
Level 2 Level 1

3-2 C TB3 5 C
3-3 N O 6 NO
Modbus transaction at a time.
3-4 N C
7 NC Terminals 3-1 through 3-4 are provided to facilitate
3-5 C
bus wiring; there is no internal connection to other XNX
3-6 N O 8 C
2 circuitry. Terminal 3-1 is connected internally to 3-2.
3-7 N C 1 9 NO S5 EOL Term
Similarly, terminal 3-3 is connected to 3-4
R = 120
F ault

Out
T
3-8 C

In
TB4
3-9 N O Modbus
TB4 1 1 TB-3 Modbus
TB-3 R ELAY TB3
W arning: P ow er 2 2 3-1 + SW5 - Loop Termination
ex ternally supplied.
TB3 Relay Connections 3-2 + 1 +
D isconnect at source
prior to servicing. Warning: Power externally 3-3 - 2 +
supplied, disconnect at source 10
prior to servicing 3-4 - 9
Relay Contact Ratings: 8 3 -
3-5 A 7
250 VAC 5 amps 6
24 VDC 5 amps 5 4 -
3-6 A 4
3
Figure 57. XNX relay option board terminal blocks 3-7 B 2
1 5 A
3-8 B 6 A
3-9 S
7 B
3-10 S
Use shorting jumper 8 B
supplied to maintain
connection during
9 S
TB3 Modbus Connections
service 10 S
Use Jumper
to maintain
connection
during service

Figure 58. Modbus option board terminal block/jumper switch

Installation and Operation 59


XNX Universal Transmitter
Modbus connections to the transmitter are made through FOUNDATION Fieldbus
ground cable
ap a e te ina oc on t e o s inte ace ci c it
1 2 3 4 5 6
S5 Sim Mode

oa o s p otoco ses S e p otoco s o

Out
In
TB-3 Modbus to internal
communication. See the e ina oc e en for the terminal + ground lug
oc e en oop te ination point S is inc e on t e +

Modbus interface board to provide termination of the Modbus TB-3


3-1 F+
FFB

loop. 3-2 F+
3-3 F-
SW5 -
Sim switch
3-4 F-
3-5 FS
FOUNDATION
3-6 FS Fieldbus
Use shorting jumper
supplied to maintain
connection during TB3
service Jumper
assignments 1 F+
Internal ground lug
2 F+
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
3 F-
ie s connections to t e t ans itte a e 4 F-
made through a pluggable te ina oc on t e 5 FS
Fieldbus option oa s o n in t e fi e eo simulation 6 FS
s itc S is inc e on t e oa to ena e isa e
si ation o e e ina s t o a e p o i e to
aci itate s i in t e e is no inte na connection to ot e Figure 59. FOUNDATION Fieldbus option board, terminal block, jumper switch
ci c it e ina is connecte inte na to Si i a
te ina is connecte inte na to

! NOTE
Note: FOUNDATION Fieldbus XNX transmitters require a separate power source and
cannot be powered via the bus.

Installation and Operation 60


XNX Universal Transmitter
Powering the Transmitter the First Time
Detectors Configured for EC/mV/IR (except Searchline Excel)
! NOTE
te o ntin i in t e t ans itte i in t e specific o Note: Before replacing the cover on the transmitter housing, coat the threads with
sensor, or installing the EC cartridge, the installation is visually and anti-seize compound to prevent corrosion.
electrically tested as described below. Note: Inspect the cover O-ring for cracking or any other defects that might
compromise the integrity of the seal. If it is damaged, replace with the O-ring supplied
! WARNING in the official service kit.

Warning: This procedure must be performed only by suitably trained personnel


following local and site procedures. Verify that the associated control panel is inhibited 5. pp po e to t e t ans itte is i in t n p o i e
so as to prevent false alarms. power to the sensor.
Warning: Do not set the minimum or maximum controller alarm levels at less than 6. in a p t e t ans itte i e o ce to
10% or greater than 90% of the full scale range of the sensor. CSA and FM agency (inhibit mode).
limits are 60% LEL or 0.6mg/m3.
7. The display will enter a start up routine displaying
the initialization screen, then the transmitter loads its
1. Verify that the transmitter is wired correctly according to ope atin s ste ata o t e senso an c ec s
t is an a an t e associate cont o e ip ent an a
if it is the same type transmitter and sensor software
2. e ippe nsc e t e eat e p oo ap oosen t e
version numbers, gas type, the detection range and span
senso etaine oc in sc e an nsc e t e etaine
calibration gas level, estimated time to next calibration
3. o senso s p in t e senso ca t i e ta in ca e
to align the sensor pins with the connector holes in the e an se test es t e oot p p oce e ta es
a o t secon s e an test is pe o e
in t e initia i ation a te po e in on pi e s
! CAUTION an s e een an e o a e t ne on o
secon s e t en oes an an t e st no
Caution: For toxic sensors, remove the shorting clip from the bottom of the sensor
prior to installation. No shorting clip is provided with O2 sensors.

4. efit t e senso etaine ti ten t e oc in sc e an


efit t e eat e p oo ap
Figure 60. XNX Initialization and General Status screens

Installation and Operation 61


XNX Universal Transmitter
n t e fina sta es o oot p a nin s an a ts calibration gas level, estimated time to next calibration
may be observed until the user performs the proper e an se test es t is i ta e a o t secon s
confi ation ca i ation an eset acti ities
described in the following sections. See a nin s
and Faults for detailed descriptions.
Once the General Status screen appears, the
transmitter and sensor are in normal monitoring mode.
Figure 61. XNX Initialization and General Status screens
! NOTE n t e fina sta es o oot p a nin s an a ts
may be observed until the user performs the proper
Note: Calibration of sensors attached to the transmitter is mandatory before the confi ation ca i ation an eset acti ities
sensor can be used for gas monitoring. Refer to the Calibration section for the described in the following sections. See a nin s
procedure. For EC and mV personalities, perform Accept New Sensor Type before and Faults.
calibrating the sensor.
5. en t e t ans itte co p etes oot p pe o a so t
Note: For initial commissioning, refer to EN 60079-29-2. reset (see the Soft Reset section) on the Searchline Excel
etecto o t e a i ation en en t e so t eset
is intitate t e S co nication i e te po a i
IR Units Configured for Searchline Excel inte pte an a ts an o a e o se e
en po e in t e t ans itte fitte it a Sea c ine e S co nication i e e esta is e in a e
Excel sensor, the following procedure must be performed by in tes an t e a ts i a to atica e eset in on
one e t aine pe sonne to ass e p ope insta ation atc in o e an o st e eset an a
in atc in o e
1. Verify that the transmitter is wired correctly according to 6. Set the at en th section for the application, then align
t is an a an t e associate cont o e ip ent an a the transmitter and receiver (see the i n cel section).
2. pp po e to t e t ans itte is i in t n p o i e 7. Once the alignment is complete, perform a zero
power to the sensor. calibration on the Searchline Excel detector to complete
the commissioning process. See the Searchline Excel
3. e senso o tp t i e o ce to ea t a nin Technical Manual one e part number 2104M0506) for
4. e t ans itte i ente a oot p o tine isp a in calibration information.
the initialization screen. The transmitter will load its 8. Reset any faults that appear in the transmitter’s display.
operating system, data from the sensor, sensor software The transmitter and Searchline Excel sensor are now ready
version numbers, gas type, the detection range and span to monitor.

Installation and Operation 62


XNX Universal Transmitter
Remote Calibration of MPD Sensors (not part of the Configuring the Transmitter
approval by DEKRA Testing and Certification GmbH)
e t ans itte can e confi e ia t e oca se inte ace
In addition to functional gas testing to ensure the system is sin t e en s a ai a e in onfi e en o in o ation
ope atin p ope e ote ca i ation o t e cata tic on accessing and navigating the menus, see Controls and
co sti e senso an an in a e Navigation. The transmitter is shipped with these settings:
combustible sensors can be performed provided the following Display Language English
e i e ents a e et Date Format mm/dd/yy
• Remote sensor is installed in an indoor environment Time Format HH:MM
• nte na ai e ocit oes not e cee s mV Sensor Type (w/mV MPD-IC1 (%Vol)
personality)
• eat e p oo cap pa t n e is insta e on Alarm Levels Sensor Cartridge Dependent
the sensor housing Alarm: Latching
Latching/Non-Latching Alarms
• e ato is se o ca i ation as e i e Fault: Non-Latching
e o t e e ote ca i ation p oce e in acco ance PPM, %VOL or %LEL
Display Units
it e o ct Specifications section e cept sin t e (dependent on personality and sensor choice)
eat e p oo ap one e pa t n e instea Inhibit: 2.0 mA
o t e e a o o sin one e pa t n e 4-20 mA Levels1 Warning: 3.0 mA
Overrange: 21.0 mA
one e na tics eco en s senso ca i ation at a Temperature Warning* Enabled
maximum interval of 180 days (the default value). This value can Deadband Enabled
be reprogrammed in accordance with site procedures to assure Calibration Interval 180 Days (HA recommends 30 day interval)
the highest level of safety. Verify the correct operation of each Unit ID XNX #nnnnnnnn
senso e o e eac se ca i ation it a ce tifie test as o Relay Settings Alarm Normally De-Energized
no n concent ation Address: 0
HART®
Fieldbus Mode: Point-To-Point
e pe isto s se in a a e as senso s can s e Settings Modbus® Address: 5
from a loss of sensitivity when in the presence of poisons or (if installed) Baud Rate: 19200
in i ito s e si icones s fi es c o ine ea o a o enate Level 1 Password Access 0000
hydrocarbons. Level 2 Password Access 0000
Easy Reset Enabled Yes
e a e pe at e a nin is isa e as e a t o on ssian e sion

Installation and Operation 63


XNX Universal Transmitter
Configure Menu Select Language
nctions in t e onfi e en an t e sec it e es e ie ai a e an a es o t e t ans itte a e n is ta ian
to change them are explained in this table. enc e an Spanis ssian an a in an ot ese
Security Security
Symbol Description Symbol Description
Level Level
Se ect an a e 1 Calibration Interval 2
ccept e Senso
Set ate i e 1 ✓ 2
Type
Set mV Sensor Type 2 ea oc ptions 2
Figure 62. Select Language menu
Set Senso pe 2 at en t 2

Gas Selection 2 Unit ID 2


Different screens are used to display each of the eight available
an e a s 2 Relay Options 2 languages, one language per screen. Each language screen
atc in on will appear in three languages: the selected language, Russian,
2 Fieldbus Options 2
latching
and Mandarin. To select a new display language, use the
Set Units 2 onfi e Sec it 2
switches to navigate through the selections. Use to a e t e
e es 2 selection or ✖ to discard the selection and return to the previous
menu.

! WARNING
Warning: When configuring or communicating with the transmitter using the local
user interface, resume monitoring by exiting all menus and returning to the General
Status menu manually. No time outs are invoked. Figure 63. Language Selection Screen

! NOTE
Note: With the exception of Inhbit Mode, gas measurement continues in the
background allowing users to navigate screens without taking the transmitter offline. Figure 64. Accept Language Change screen

Installation and Operation 64


XNX Universal Transmitter
Set Date and Time

Figure 68. Setting the Date screen

Figure 65. Set Date & Time menu Use the switches to decrease or increase the values until
the desired value appears. Select to set the value and move to
Select “Set Date and Time” to change the date format and set
the next character. Repeat for each character to be changed.
t e t ans itte s c ent ti e ate

Set Time
Set Date Format

Figure 69. Set Time menu


Figure 66. Set Date Format menu
Use the switches to decrease or increase the values until
Use the s itc es to i i t Se ect to set
the desired value appears. Use to select the value and move
the date format.
to the next character. Repeat for each character to be changed.
Set Date

Figure 70. Set Time screen


Figure 67. Set Date Format screen / Set Date menu

Use the Set Date selection to set the current date. Use the Use the switches to navigate to the ü. Select it to save the
switches to select the year, month, and day. Select to set the changes. If ü is not selected, no changes will be saved.
desired date.

Installation and Operation 65


XNX Universal Transmitter
Set mV Sensor Type

Figure 71. Accept Time-Date Changes screen

Figure 73. Set mV Sensor Type screen

en t e ne settin s a e een sa e t e Settin s Set mV Sensor Type sets the identity of the type of mV sensor
ccepte sc een i e isp a e attached to the transmitter. The available mV sensor type
selections are:

Sensor Description
a on io i e o
et ane o
et ane
Figure 72. Time-Date Settings Accepted screen a a e
a a e
a a e i e p
a a e i e p

! NOTE S
S a a e
Sensepoint a a e i e p
S Sensepoint a a e i e p
Note: The remainder of this section requires Level 2 access. S S Sensepoint a a e
S Sensepoint a a e e i
S Sensepoint a a e
S Sensepoint onia

1
In nonane detection applications, if an MPDAM-CB1 sensor is employed, use star rating 2; with SP-HT
sensors, use star rating 4.

Installation and Operation 66


XNX Universal Transmitter
selection, retain the previously selected sensor, and return to the
previous menu.

! NOTE
Figure 74. Current configured mV sensor and mV Available Sensor list Note: This configuration option is not available for XNX transmitters with EC sensors.

e fi st sc een isp a s t e c ent confi e senso Se ect


to navigate to the Sensor Selection screen. To select a new Gas Selection
mV sensor, use the switches to scroll through the list. Use Gas Selection sets the target gas for sensors capable of
to select a sensor or ✖ to discard the sensor selection, retaining detecting multiple gases. The available gases for each of the
the previously selected sensor, and return to the previous menu. capable sensors is determined by the device connected to the
transmitter.
Set mA Sensor Type

Figure 77. Gas Selection menu

Figure 75. Set mA Sensor Type screen te se ectin as Se ection t e initia sc een isp a s t e
current target gas. Select to display the list of available gases
Set Senso pe i entifies t e t pe o senso attac e o t e confi e senso se t e switches to scroll through
to t e t ans itte e a ai a e senso c oices a e ce t e ist sa p e o t e ist is s o n in Figures 80 and 81.
pti a an t e Senso

Figure 78. Available Target Gas list


Figure 76. mA Available Sensor list
Use to select the new gas or ✖ to discard the selection, retain
o se ect a ne senso se t e switches to move the previously selected gas, and return to the previous menu.
through the list. Use to a e t e se ection o ✖ to discard the en a ne as is se ecte t ese sc eens a e isp a e
Installation and Operation 67
XNX Universal Transmitter

Figure 79. Select New Target Gas screens

! NOTE
Note: The gas selections available will vary with different types of sensors. Gases
listed with a “-2” suffix are compliant with 60079-20-1 LEL levels.

! WARNING
Warning: When selecting a new target gas for units with a Searchpoint Optima Plus,
the sensor must be recalibrated.

These are the transmitter’s selectable gases:


• Butane (C4 10) • o en 2)
• Carbon Dioxide (CO2) • et ane 4
)
• Ethanol (C2 5 • et ano 3
• Ethylene (C2 4) • opane 3 8)
• e ane 6 14) • Star 1 through Star 81

! WARNING
Warning: Do not use the transmitter in oxygen-enriched atmospheres. Concentrations
displayed will be adversely affected by oxygen depletion.
Warning: High off-scale readings may indicate an explosive concentration of gas.

Installation and Operation 68


XNX Universal Transmitter
illustrations). The units name can be up to 5 characters long.
Changing the Gas or Units Name
Gas Selections and Alarm Limits Based on mV Sensor
t e Senso as een se ecte as t e senso t pe t e Type
existing gas and units can be renamed. From the Gas Selection
menu, select to open the Gas Name menu. Select again to These tables show the transmitter's programmable alarm limits.
open t e as a e e itin isp a e fi st ette o t e c ent
No t e : - 2 G a s S e l e c t i o n % LEL v a l u e s a r e p e r I EC 6007 9 - 20- 1: 2010
selection will be highlighted (Figure 80).
M P D- I C 1 ( 5 % V)
A la r m Li m i t s ( % Vo l )
C a r b o n Di o x i d e

L o w e r 0. 5

Figure 80. Gas Name screen / Gas Name editing screen U p p e r 5. 0


Use the switches to cycle through the 76 options (26 capital
M P D- I V1 ( 5 % V/ V, 100% LEL)
letters, 26 lower case letters, 10 numbers, 13 typographic
c a acte s an a space en t e fi st c a acte o t e ne M e th a n e M e th a n e -1 M e th a n e -2
gas name has been reached, select to advance to the second
character. Repeat this procedure with each character until L o w e r Al a r m L im it 0. 5% V o l 10% L E L 10% L E L
t e ne as na e is isp a e n t is e a p e Senso
has been changed to “Flow Sensor” (Figure 83). The name U p p e r Al a r m L im it 5. 0% V o l 60% L E L 60% L E L
can be up to 15 characters long. Select to return to the Gas
Name screen. The new name will be displayed in reverse (light % V o l u m e R e f e r e n ce n /a 5. 0 4. 4
c a acte s on a a ac o n Se ect t e switch twice to
isp a t e ccept Settin s sc een Se ect to accept the new M P D- I F 1 ( 100% LEL)
as na e Settin s ccepte sc een i e isp a e ie
followed by the Gas Selection menu. P ro p a n e -1 P ro p a n e -2

L o w e r Al a r m L i m i t
(% L E L ) 10 10

U p p e r Al a r m L i m i t 60 60
(% L E L )
Figure 81. Accepting the New Gas Name screens
% V o l u m e R e f e r e n ce 2 .0 1. 7
Follow the same procedure to rename the units (“%” in the

Installation and Operation 69


XNX Universal Transmitter
M P DA M - C B 1 ( 100% LEL)

Et h e l y n e - 1

Et h e l y n e - 2
M e th a n e -1

M e th a n e -2

P ro p a n e -1

P ro p a n e -2
Et h a n o l - 1

Et h a n o l - 2

H e x a n e -1

H e x a n e -2
B u ta n e -1

B u ta n e -2
M e th a n o l
H y d ro g e n

S ta r 1

S ta r 2

S ta r 3

S ta r 6

S ta r 8
S ta r 4

S ta r 5

S ta r 7
L o w e r Al a r m
L im it ( % L E L ) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 20 20 10 10 10 10 10

U p p e r Al a r m 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
L im it ( % L E L )

% V o lu m e 4.0 5.0 4.4 5.5 2.7 2.3 3.3 3.1 2.0 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.0 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
R e f e r e n ec

7 05 - S T D ( 100% LEL)
Et h e l y n e - 1

Et h e l y n e - 2
M e th a n e -1

M e th a n e -2

P ro p a n e -1

P ro p a n e -2
Et h a n o l - 1

Et h a n o l - 2

H e x a n e -1

H e x a n e -2
B u ta n e -1

B u ta n e -2
M e th a n o l
H y d ro g e n

S ta r 1

S ta r 2

S ta r 3

S ta r 6

S ta r 8
S ta r 4

S ta r 5

S ta r 7
L o w e r Al a r m
L im it ( % L E L ) 20 20 20 25 25 30 30 30 25 30 30 30 50 50 50 30 25 20 20 20 15 15

U p p e r Al a r m 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
L im it ( % L E L )

% V o lu m e 4.0 5.0 4.4 5.5 2.7 2.3 3.3 3.1 2.0 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.0 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
R e f e r e n ec

Installation and Operation 70


XNX Universal Transmitter
7 05 - H T ( 100% LEL)

Et h e l y n e - 1

Et h e l y n e - 2
M e th a n e -1

M e th a n e -2

P ro p a n e -1

P ro p a n e -2
Et h a n o l - 1

Et h a n o l - 2

H e x a n e -1

H e x a n e -2
B u ta n e -1

B u ta n e -2
M e th a n o l
H y d ro g e n

S ta r 1

S ta r 2

S ta r 3

S ta r 6

S ta r 8
S ta r 4

S ta r 5

S ta r 7
L o w e r Al a r m
L im it ( % L E L ) 20 15 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 50 30 25 20 20 20 15 15

U p p e r Al a r m 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
L im it ( % L E L )

% V o lu m e 4.0 5.0 4.4 5.5 2.7 2.3 3.3 3.1 2.0 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.0 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
R e f e r e n ec

7 05 - H T ( 20% LEL) , S P - H T ( 20% LEL)

H y d ro g e n M e th a n e -1 M e th a n e -2

L o w e r Al a r m L i m i t
(% L E L ) 5. 0 5. 0 5. 0

U p p e r Al a r m L i m i t 2 0 2 0 2 0
(% L E L )
% V o lu m e 4. 0 5. 0 4. 4
R e f e r e n ec

Installation and Operation 71


XNX Universal Transmitter
S P - S T D ( 100% LEL)

Et h e l y n e - 1

Et h e l y n e - 2
M e th a n e -1

M e th a n e -2

P ro p a n e -1

P ro p a n e -2
Et h a n o l - 1

Et h a n o l - 2

H e x a n e -1

H e x a n e -2
B u ta n e -1

B u ta n e -2
M e th a n o l
H y d ro g e n

S ta r 1

S ta r 2

S ta r 3

S ta r 6

S ta r 8
S ta r 4

S ta r 5

S ta r 7
L o w e r Al a r m
L im it ( % L E L ) 20 15 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 50 30 25 20 20 20 15 15

U p p e r Al a r m 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
L im it ( % L E L )

% V o lu m e 4.0 5.0 4.4 5.5 2.7 2.3 3.3 3.1 2.0 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.0 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
R e f e r e n ec

Et h e l y n e - 1 S P - H T ( 100% LEL)

Et h e l y n e - 2
M e th a n e -1

M e th a n e -2

P ro p a n e -1

P ro p a n e -2
Et h a n o l - 1

Et h a n o l - 2

H e x a n e -1

H e x a n e -2
B u ta n e -1

B u ta n e -2
M e th a n o l
H y d ro g e n

S ta r 1

S ta r 2

S ta r 3

S ta r 6

S ta r 8
S ta r 4

S ta r 5

S ta r 7
L o w e r Al a r m
L im it ( % L E L ) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 20 20 10 10 10 10 10

U p p e r Al a r m 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
L im it ( % L E L )

% V o lu m e 4.0 5.0 4.4 5.5 2.7 2.3 3.3 3.1 2.0 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.0 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
R e f e r e n ec

Installation and Operation 72


XNX Universal Transmitter
S P -P P M ( 10% LEL) S P - H T - NH 3

H y d ro g e n M e th a n e -1 M e th a n e -2 F LM A m m o n ia

L o w e r Al a r m L o w e r Al a r m
2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 L im it ( % L E L ) 3000 ppm
L im it ( % L E L )

U p p e r Al a r m U p p e r Al a r m
10 10 10 10 30000 ppm
L im it ( % L E L ) L im it ( % L E L )

% V o lu m e % V o lu m e n/a
4.0 5.0 4.4 N/A R e f e r e n ec
R e f e r e n ec

S P -P P M

H y d ro g e n M e th a n e

L o w e r Al a r m
L im it ( % L E L ) 1000 ppm 1000 ppm

U p p e r Al a r m 5000 ppm 5000 ppm


L im it ( % L E L )

% V o lu m e n/a n/a
R e f e r e n ec

Installation and Operation 73


XNX Universal Transmitter
Default Alarm Level for MPD and Sensepoint
MPDAM-
MPD-IC1 MPD-IV1 MPD-IV1 MPD-IF1 MPD-IC2 705-HT 705-HT 705-STD SP-HT SP-HT SP-STD SP-PPM
CB1 SP-PPM SP-HT-NH3
(5%V) (5%V) (100%L) (100%L) (5%V) (20%L) (100%L) (100%L) (20%L) (100%L) (100%L) (10%L)
(100%L)
Default
Alarm 1 1 20 20 1 20 5 20 20 5 20 20 2 1000 10000
Level 1
Default
Alarm 2 2 50 50 2 50 10 50 50 10 50 50 5 2000 20000
Level 2

Default Alarm Level for Searchpoint Optima


Default Alarm
20
Level 1
Default Alarm
40
Level 2

Installation and Operation 74


XNX Universal Transmitter
Range and Alarms en t e an e option is i i te se t e switches to
decrease or increase the value. Use to accept the displayed
! WARNING a e an o e to t e ne t fie en a fie s a e een
updated, use the switch to highlight ü on the right side of the
Warning: XNX Universal Transmitters carrying UL/CSA approvals that are configured display. Use to accept the changes.
for devices measuring %LEL will not allow adjustments to the full scale value. The
range is fixed at 100%.

e an e a s option app ies on to nits it


ce tifications ot e t an S
Figure 84. Setting the range value

en co p ete t e isp a i et n to t e an e ption


screen.

Set Alarm Values


Figure 82. Range & Alarms menu
Set a a es a o s t e a es o a i ection an a
i its o ot a an a to e set
Set Range (full-scale)
Range is sensor dependent. The Set Range option allows the ! CAUTION
sca e an e to e set o t e senso ic is attac e to t e
t ans itte e sca e an e is ase on t e capa i it o t e Caution: Alarm 1 and Alarm 2 values must be less than the upper limit value.
senso e se ecta e an e o senso s is efine in t e
Selectable Range column of the table in EC Replacement Sensors. se a i ection to esta is et e t e a a is to e
e se ecta e an e o cata tic ea senso s is efine in t e ti ee isin o a in as concent ations a s o ost
Selectable Range column of the table in Catalytic Bead and IR target gases are triggered by rising concentration levels but
Replacement Sensor Cartridges. ce tain ases e o en can e eas e o ep etion
e es en t e t ans itte is confi e it o
senso s an t e ea e ent nits a e t eaa e e
settin is i ite to
If the concentration of the target gas remains above the alarm
values for 3 seconds or more, an alarm will be triggered.
Figure 83. Range Option screen

Installation and Operation 75


XNX Universal Transmitter
en co p ete t e isp a i et n to t e ain an e
a sc een en a settin s a e een a e se to
move to the on t e isp a to ccept Settin s

Figure 85. Alarm Direction screen

The icons next to the bell images indicate whether the alarm has
been triggered by rising ( ) or falling ( ) gas concentrations.
Use the switches to highlight the appropriate trigger. Use Figure 89. Accept Settings screen
to a e t e se ection o ✖ to discard it. en t e settin s a e een sa e t e o o in sc een i
appear on the display.

Figure 86. Setting alarm rising/falling


Figure 90. Settings Accepted screen
e a i its se ection sets t e a a ti e e e o ot
alarms. See Specifications for detailed EC cell information.

Figure 87. Alarm Limits screen


Use to set the desired alarm limit and select it. Repeat
for each alarm.

Figure 88. Setting an alarm setpoint

Installation and Operation 76


XNX Universal Transmitter
Set Temperature Warning

! WARNING Set Deadband


The Set Deadband menu allows enabling and disabling of the
Warning: There is a potential loss of sensitivity when the sensor is exposed to the reading deadband. The deadband is a range of value where the
extreme low and/or high temperature. Please check each sensor’s recommended gas reading is displayed as zero.
operating temperature and sensitivity loss before disabling temperature warning.
n t e an e a s en se t e controls to select Set
Deadband menu. Select to enter the menu.
The Set Temperature Warning option allows the temperature
warning to be enabled or disabled. By default, this option is
enabled.
n t e an e a s en se t e controls to select
e pe at e a nin en Se ect to enter the menu.
en ente in Set ea an en a essa e i e isp a e
eit e o pe t e c ent
setting. User will select deadband off or on.

en ente in Set e pe at e a nin en a essa e


i e isp a e eit e S o
pe t e c ent settin se i se ect isa e o
enable temperature warning. Question message when current Question message when current
setting is “DEADBAND ON” setting is “DEADBAND OFF”

Note: When deadband is off and the gas reading is between 0


and negative fault, XNX mA output will be ranged between 4 mA
and 2.4 mA.

Question message when current Question message when current


setting is “ENABLE” setting is “DISABLE”

Installation and Operation 77


XNX Universal Transmitter
Selecting the Numeric Format
Latching/Non-Latching Alarms
t e Senso as een se ecte as t e senso t pe t e
transmitter’s output can be displayed in one of three numeric ! WARNING
o ats o t e an es a s en se ect t e switch to
open the Range menu (Figure 91). Select the switch again to Warning: There is a potential loss of sensitivity during exposure to high
isp a t e an e o e i it en . Select the switch twice concentrations of H2S. Under these conditions, set the control unit to latch at
overrange. In standalone configuration, set alarms to latching. When resetting the
to open the fi st e ic o at en
overrange or alarm, verify correct operation of the transmitter.

atc in on atc in is se to cont o et e a s an


2 and faults will latch alarms.

Figure 91. Navigating to the first Numeric Format menu


Figure 93. Alarm Latching/Non-Latching screen
Select the switch to open the second Numeric Format menu,
which displays the formats available for numerical display (see
Figure 92).

Figure 94. Alarm Latching screen


✖ ✖ Select the or icon beside the alarm limit to display the
Figure 92. Navigating to the second Numeric Format menu a atc in n atc in sc een a atc in ete ines
Select or to c c e t o t e t ee options en t e whether alarms that are triggered are automatically reset when
desired format is highlighted, select the s itc to a e t e the condition dissipates (latching off ) or remain active until
selection the default display format. Select ✖ twice to return to an operator resets them manually (latching on i i tt e
t e an es a s en desired latching option with the switches. Use to accept
it.

Installation and Operation 78


XNX Universal Transmitter
Set Units
The Set Units menu allows the units of measurement displayed
on the transmitter main menu to be set. This option also sets
t e nits t ans itte ia o s o
Fieldbus sensors attached to the transmitter, reporting
Figure 95. Setting Alarm Latching/Unlatching screen concent ations in o e cept o en
se t e sa e p oce e to set t e esi e a es o a
an a ts en a settin s a e een a e se to
navigate to the on the display. Use to accept settings.

Figure 98. Set Units menu

To change the units, use the switches to highlight the units


icon. Use to select it. The transmitter’s display will change
Figure 96. Accept Settings screen to the Display Unit Selection screen which shows the available
choices for the sensor type installed. Use the switches to
en t e settin s a e een sa e t e o o in sc een is
highlight the desired unit of measurement. Use to select it or
displayed. ✖ to discard the selection.

Figure 97. Settings Accepted screen


Figure 99. Display Unit Selection screen

! CAUTION
! NOTE Caution: When changing units of measure, check alarm level settings for the proper
Note: When non-latching is selected, external alarm latching is recommended. units and change as necessary.

Once the units of measurement have been set, use the


switches to navigate to the ‘ü’ to accept the values.
Installation and Operation 79
XNX Universal Transmitter
mA Levels Signal
Output (mA)
Default Min Max
is option a o s t e se to se ect o tp t e e s o in i it
a t an o e an e ea oc an o si na app to I Inhibit 2.0 1.0 3.5

Searchline (see the table in the next column). W Warning 3.0 1.0 3.5
O Overrange 21.0 20 22
B Beam Blocked 1.0 1.0 4.0
L Low Signal 1.0 1.0 4.0

Figure 102. Set mA Levels for Inhibit screen

Figure 100. mA Levels menu te a c an es a e een a e se t e switches to


move to the ‘ü’ and use on the front panel to accept and
Using the s itc es o e to t e o tp t to e c an e
save the settings. If ‘ü’ is not selected, none of the changes will
and use to select it.
be saved.

Figure 101. Set mA Levels for Warning screens


Figure 103. mA Settings Saved screen
Use the switches to decrease or increase the value until the
desired value appears. Use to select the value and move to the Calibration Interval
next setting. Repeat for each setting to be changed. Calibration Interval allows a desired interval for sensor
The default values and available output ranges for Inhibit, calibration to be set for sensors attached to the transmitter. The
a nin e an e ea oc e an o Si na a e s o n in transmitter will generate a warning when the interval is reached.
the following table. See a nin s an a ts for more information.

Figure 104. Calibration Interval menu

Calibration Interval will not appear when an IR personality board


is attac e an t e senso t pe is set as t e Senso

Installation and Operation 80


XNX Universal Transmitter
e e a t ca i ation a es o t e a i ation e i e
diagnostic vary based on sensor type. This value can be repro
a e in acco ance it site e i e ents to ens e t e
highest level of safety. Before commissioning, verify the correct
ope ation o eac senso sin ca i ation it a ce tifie as o
no n concent ation
t o t e ca i ation inte a can e set to an a e e Figure 106. Saving New Interval and New Interval Accepted screens
t een an a s one e na tics eco en s t at
the interval for electrochemical and catalytic sensors be set to ✓ Accept New Sensor Type
180 days (or fewer, in accordance with customer site procedures) en ep acin ce s o senso s se ccept e
to ass e t e i est e e o sa et e e to o Sensor Type to load default parameters into the transmitter for
in o ation on efinin an app op iate ca i ation inte a ca i ation an senso i e ccept e Senso pe is a so se
Use the switches to highlight the current interval and use when replacing an EC cell with another EC cell for a different
to select it. target gas. (See Replacing with a Different Cartridge Type).

Figure 105. Edit Interval and Setting Interval Value screens Figure 107. Accept New Sensor Type menu

Use the switches to move to the desired position. Use to en c an in t e ta et as inse tin a ne senso t e
select it. Use the switches to decrease or increase the value t ans itte i p o pt t e se o a confi ation o t e c an e
nti t e esi e a e is eac e e ini n e o a s is before adjusting to the properties of the new sensor.
t e a i n e is efine t e senso t pe se to select
t e a e an o e to t e ne t fie epeat o eac fie en a
o t e fie s a e een p ate se t e switches to highlight
the ‘ü’ on the right side of the display. Use on the front panel to
save the settings.
! CAUTION Figure 108. Select New Sensor screen

In the display of the transmitter, the old sensor type and the new
Caution: Setting the calibration interval to zero turns off the calibration notification.
This can seriously affect sensor performance.
sensor type will be displayed. Use to accept the new sensor
or ✖ to reject it.
Installation and Operation 81
XNX Universal Transmitter
Beam Block Options en t e ea is oc e on e t an t e a e set in i e to
ea oc a a t is ene ate t e t ans itte
e ea oc ptions en is a ai a e on i t e t ans itte
is connected to a Searchline Excel receiver. Set i e to a t sets t e ini ti e t e ea is oc e
before generating a fault.

Figure 109. Beam Block menu


Figure 112. Beam Block Fault Time screen
If the infrared beam from the Searchline Excel transmitter is
oc e o in i ite in s c a a t at t e intensit o t e ea Use the s itc es to o e to t e esi e ea oc ti e
drops to a level below the readable threshold set by the receiver, option and use to select it. Use the switches to decrease
a a nin i e ene ate t e t ans itte e ea oc or increase the value until the desired value appears. Use to
ptions en a o s t e se to efine t e a i pe io o select the value and move to the next setting.
ti e t e in a e ea can e oc e an t e pe centa e o
signal loss before generating a warning through the transmitter.

Figure 113. Setting Beam Block Fault Time screen

en t e ea is oc e on e t an t e a e set in i e to
Figure 110. Beam Block Warning Time screen Fault, a fault is generated by the transmitter.
Use the s itc es to o e to t e esi e ea oc ti e o Si na e centa e sets t e ini pe centa e a e o a
option and use to select it. Use the switches to decrease ea t at is not oc e en t e pe centa e ec eases e o
or increase the value until the desired value appears. Use to t e efine pe centa e a a t is ene ate
select the value and move to the next setting.

Figure 114. Low Signal Percentage screen


Figure 111. Setting Beam Block Warning Time screen
Installation and Operation 82
XNX Universal Transmitter
Use the s itc es to o e to t e esi e o Si na Path Length
e centa e an se to select it. Use the switches to
decrease or increase the value until the desired value appears. The distance (in meters) between the transmitter and the
Use to select the value and move to the next setting. ecei e is set t o t e at en t en is en is
available only if the transmitter is connected to a Searchline
Excel sensor.

Figure 115. Setting the Low Signal Percentage

nce t e a es o ea oc a nin ea oc a t Figure 118. Path Length menu


an o Si na e centa e a e een set se t e switch to
highlight the ‘ü’ on the right side of the display. Then use to Settin t e at en t o istance et een t e t ans itte
accept the changes to the transmitter. If ‘ü’ is not highlighted, and receiver of the Searchline Excel lets the devices determine
none of the changes will be saved. the optimum settings for the beam strength for the application.

Figure 119. Current Path Length Setting screen


Figure 116. Accept Beam Block Changes screen
Use the s itc es to o e to t e esi e at en t
setting and use to select it. Use the switches to
decrease or increase the value until the desired value appears.
Use to select the value and move to the next setting.

Figure 117. Beam Block Changes Accepted screen

Figure 120. Setting Path Length screen

Installation and Operation 83


XNX Universal Transmitter
nce t e a es o at en t a e een set se t e switch
to highlight the ‘ü’ on the right side of the display. Use the to ! NOTE
accept the changes.
Note: The XNX Unit ID is not the same as the HART tag in XNX applications using
HART protocol.

Edit ID
Figure 121. Accepting Path Length Changes Each transmitter is assigned a default Unit ID at the factory. The
it en a o s t e assi ne to e o ifie

Figure 122. Path Length Changes Accepted screen

Unit ID Figure 124. Edit Unit ID screen

e nit option a o s a ni e nit o p to c a acte s From the Edit ID Screen, use the switches and to select
to be set for each transmitter. This character string can be it e c ent nit is isp a e en e itin an e istin
broadcast over any of the supported communication options, ID, the list of available characters begins at the value displayed.
p o i in a eans to c eate a ni e i entification o eac
t ans itte o acc ate epo tin ai a e c a acte s a e
a an specia c a acte s

Figure 125. Editing the Unit ID

Use the s itc to i i t t e fi st c a acte to e c an e


Use the switches to decrease or increase the value until the
Figure 123. Unit ID menu desired value appears. Use to accept the new value and move
to the next character. Repeat for each character to be changed.
The Unit ID can be up to18 characters long.

Installation and Operation 84


XNX Universal Transmitter
Clear ID
This option clears the current set Unit ID.

Figure 129. Relay Options screen

e a s can e set to ne i e o e ene i e e ea t


Figure 126. Clear Unit ID and Cleared Unit ID screens
is e ene i e e t o states o eac e a a e ep esente
the symbols for energized and o e ene i e
Set ID to Default
The Set ID to Default option returns the Unit ID to the factory
default.

Figure 130. Alarm 1 Relay Current State and Setting New State screens

Use the switches to move to the desired alarm and use


Figure 127. Set ID to Default screen to select it. Use the switches to change the state of the
relay. Use to accept the new state. Once the transmitter has
nce a c an es a e een a e ccept Settin s st e accepte t e ne in o ation a Settin s ccepte sc een
se ecte e o e e itin t e nit en en a c an es a e appears.
sa e t e t ans itte i isp a t e Settin s ccepte sc een

Figure 131. Accept New Alarm Relay Settings and new Settings Accepted screens
Figure 128. Accept Settings and Accepted screens

Relay Options
The Relay Options menu allows the relays for both alarm levels
to e confi e is en is a ai a e on i t e t ans itte is
e ippe it t e optiona e a s

Installation and Operation 85


XNX Universal Transmitter
Fieldbus Options
e ie s ptions en a o s confi ation o t e
a ess o t e optiona o s fie sa ess an a ate

Figure 134. HART Address and Address Value screens

Use the s itc es to o e to t e option an se


to select it. Use the switches to scroll through the options
Figure 132. Fieldbus Options screen
until the desired option is highlighted. Use to accept the new
state. See oca nte ace and otoco for more
Se ect t e ie s ptions icon to acti ate t e o s in o ation on a ai a e o es
sc eens to a o se ection o t e p otoco s to e confi e
o c an e t e t ans itte is confi e it o t o
Modbus, only the installed options will be visible.

Figure 135. HART Mode screens

nce t e a es o t e a ess an o e a e een set


Figure 133. HART Options screen
use the switches to navigate to the ‘ü’ then select it to save
the changes to the transmitter.
e en p o i es t e a i it to se ect t e o e
o t e sc een se t e switches to highlight the
option t en se ect is isp a s t e a ess
sc een e e t e e ice a ess an et e t e p otoco
is active in the unit can be set. To set the address, use the
switches to highlight the number in the top line (between 0 and
Figure 136. HART Settings Accepted screen
63) and use to select it. Use the switches to decrease
or increaset the value until the desired value appears. Use to en t e o s option is a ai a e se t e switches to
select the value and move to the next setting. move to the Modbus icon and use to select it. The Modbus
option allows the address and communication baud rate to be
set.

Installation and Operation 86


XNX Universal Transmitter

Figure 137. Modbus Options screen Figure 140. Accept Settings and Fieldbus Address Settings Accepted screens
o t e Set ie s ess sc een se ect . To set the Configure Security
Fieldbus address, use the switches to move to the desired
position and use to select it. Use the switches to onfi e Sec it is se to set o eset t e e e an e e
decrease or increase the value until the desired value appears. passco es t at cont o access to t e confi ation en s o t e
Use to select the value and moves to the next setting. transmitter.

Figure 138. Set Fieldbus Address and Address Value screens Figure 141. Configure Security screens

The communications baud rate can be set from this screen. Use Easy Reset from Main Status
the switches to highlight the proper baud rate and select . The Easy Reset from Main Status option controls the ability
to reset faults, warnings, and alarms from the General Status
screen (see The General Status Screen).
Use the switches and to se ect t e oc icon e oc
n oc sc een i e isp a e oose oc to prevent reset
it o t pass o access e n oc choice allows resets
Figure 139. Set Baud Rate screens
it o t e i in o in o a passco e
Once the values for the Fieldbus address have been set, use
the switches to navigate to the ‘ü’ then select it to save the
changes.

Figure 142. Lock/Unlock screen

Installation and Operation 87


XNX Universal Transmitter
Level 1 and Level 2 Passcodes Verifying the Configuration
e e an passcode screens give the administrator the ability Test Menu
to assign new passcodes for either or both access levels.
The test menu icons are shown in this table:
o t e onfi e Sec it Sc een se t e switches to
Symbol Description Symbol Description
i i t assco e se to c oose t e fi st i it an t e
switches to decrease or increase the values. Use to accept the X Inhibit Force Relay
new value and move to the next digit. Repeat until all four digits
have been selected. Follow the same procedure to change the o ce tp t a a t Si ation
e e passco e
! WARNING
Warning: Keep the passwords in a secure area to prevent unauthorized access to the
transmitter. If the passwords are lost, resetting the transmitter will require a service
technician.

Figure 143. Setting the Level 1 passcode


X Inhibit
Use the s itc es to o e to ccept Settin s on t e isp a
Choose to save the settings to the transmitter. ! WARNING
Warning: When the transmitter is placed in Inhibit Mode, alarms are silenced. This
will prevent an actual gas event from being reported. Inhibit Mode must be limited to
testing and maintenance only. Exit Inhibit Mode after testing or maintenance activities.

Figure 144. Accept Settings and Security Settings Accepted screens

Figure 145. Inhibit screen

The Inhibit mode is designed to prevent alarms from being


triggered during testing or maintenance.
Installation and Operation 88
XNX Universal Transmitter

Figure 149. Inhibit Status screen


Figure 146. Inhibit menu
en t e t ans itte is in n i it o e t e ene a Stat s
Use the switches to inhibit alarms by selecting Inhibit On
display will display the inhibit icon .
with the e confi ation sc een appea s

Force mA Output

! CAUTION
Caution: The mA output set in this menu will revert to the normal operating values
Figure 147. Confirm Inhibit On screen when exiting the Test Menu. For more information on setting the mA output levels for
Select to place the transmitter alarms into inhibit mode. Select normal operation, see mA Levels.
✖ will cancel the choice and leave the alarms in normal operating

mode. o ce tp t a o s pe ip e a e ices i en o tp t
o t e t ans itte to e teste ase on t e o tp t
a es set in t e e e s option see e e s), the operator
c ooses t e e e to o tp t to t e e ice

Figure 148. Confirm Inhibit Off screen

To return from Inhibit mode to to the normal monitoring mode,


select Inhibit Off with the confi ation sc een appea s
Figure 150. Force mA Output screen
Select to e o e t e t ans itte o n i it o e Se ect
to cancel the choice and leave the alarms in Inhibit mode. e e tp t sc een s o s t e c ent o tp t in t e
left column. The output can be controlled by changing the value
in the column on the right.

Installation and Operation 89


XNX Universal Transmitter

Figure 151. New mA Output screen Figure 153. Relay State screen

Once the new value is input, use the switches to move to Once the new value is input, use the switches to move to
the ‘ü’ and use the magnetic switch on the front panel to set the ‘ü’ and use the magnetic switch on the front panel to
t e o tp t change the condition of the relay.

Force Relays Alarm/Fault Simulation

! CAUTION a an a t si
sections o ce
ation o in tan e it t e p e io s
tp t an o ce e a s to a o testin o
Caution: Any relay conditions set in this menu will revert to the normal operating the transmitter and the peripheral warning and safety devices.
values when exiting the Test Menu. For more information on setting the relay options Figure 156 shows the menu choices for selecting an alarm or
for normal operation, see Relay Options. fault simulation.

The Force Relay menu allows peripheral devices driven by relays


from the transmitter to be tested. Depending on the relay options
set in the Relay Options menu (see the Relay Options section), the
relay will be open or closed.
Figure 154. Alarm/Fault Simulation screen

Se ectin an a a e e to si ate acti ates a confi ation


screen.

Figure 152. Force Relays screen

e e a State sc een s o s t e c ent e a confi ation in


the left column. The output can be controlled by changing the
value in the column on the right.
Figure 155. Alarm/Fault Simulation menu

Installation and Operation 90


XNX Universal Transmitter
is confi ation sc een i appea

Figure 156. Confirmation screen

Selecting will simulate the alarm from the transmitter. If the ✖ is Figure 160. Alarm/Fault Reset screen

selected, the simulation will be aborted. Select to reset the alarms, faults, or warnings generated by
the simulation. If the ✖ is selected, the simulation continues.

! CAUTION
Caution: Relays and LEDs will return to their initial states after simulations are
Figure 157. Warning and Fault Simulation screens
completed unless faults and alarms are set to latching by the user.
o si ate a a nin o a t o t e t ans itte se ect t e
appropriate icon from the menu.
! WARNING
Warning: After changing parameters with a handheld device, verify that the parameter
settings are correct at the transmitter.
Figure 158. Fault Simulation Confirmation screen

confi ation sc een i appea Se ect to simulate the warning


or fault from the transmitter. If the ✖ is selected, the simulation
i e a o te se a a t eset to eset a a s a ts o
warnings generated by the simulation.

Figure 159. Alarm/Fault Reset screen

Installation and Operation 91


XNX Universal Transmitter
? Information Menu The ‘ü’ will be highlighted. Select to reset all faults and alarms
ene ate t e t ans itte t en et n to t e a a t
The Information Menu Displays the current status information for
Status screen. Select the s itc to et n to t e a
✖ a t
these parmeters:
Status screen without resetting faults or alarms.
Symbol Description Symbol Description
Date & Time
Show Alarm/Fault Status Show Gas Data

Show Date/Time Show Range/Alarm Settings

Show Transmitter Data Show mA Level Settings


?
Show Transmitter Status Show Relay Settings
Figure 163. Date/Time screens
Show Sensor Data Show Fieldbus Settings The Date and Time screens display the date and time in the
Show Sensor Status ? Show Event History formats currently set on the transmitter. See Set Date and Time.
?

Transmitter Data
Alarm/Fault Status

Figure 164. Transmitter Data screen


Figure 161. Alarm/Fault Status screen
Using the switches, the Transmitter Data displays the ID,
Select a a t Stat s to isp a t e a a t Stat s sc een pa t n e se ia n e an e sion n e o t e fi ae
allowing faults and alarms to be reset.

Figure 165. Transmitter ID, Part Number and Serial Number screens
Figure 162. Alarm/Fault Status screen

Installation and Operation 92


XNX Universal Transmitter
inc in te pe at e o tp t a e an s pp
voltage.

Figure 166. Transmitter Software, 4-20 Monitor and Option Version screens

ans itte ata is a so se to p ate t e confi ation o t e


transmitter when an option board is added or changed. To add Figure 169. Transmitter Temperature and Supply Voltage screens
the new option, use the switches to navigate to the Option
Revision screen, then swipe the magnetic switch on the front
Sensor Data
pane to isp a t e ccept e ption Sc een e sc een i
show the current option (if any) and the newly installed option.
Use the switches to highlight the option then swipe the
magnetic switch on the front panel to accept the change. The
transmitter will update the part number of the unit. The new
option will then be operational.
Figure 170. Sensor Data screen

Sensor Data displays information about the transmitter including


sensor type and sensor software revision.


Figure 167. Updating the Transmitter for Option Boards Added or Changed screens

Transmitter Status
?

Figure 171. Sensor Type and Software screens

Figure 168. Transmitter Status screen

Transmitter Status displays information about the transmitter

Installation and Operation 93


XNX Universal Transmitter
? Sensor Status

Figure 172. Sensor Status screen

Sensor Status displays the temperature of the sensor attached to the transmitter. en e ippe it an o senso senso
life is also displayed.

Figure 173. Sensor Temperature screen

Gas Data

Figure 174. Gas Settings screen

as ata isp a s t e c ent etecta e as as confi e o t e attac e senso

Figure 175. Gas Abbreviation and Full Scale screens

Installation and Operation 94


XNX Universal Transmitter
Range/Alarm Settings

Figure 176. Range/Alarm Settings screen

an e a Settin s isp a s t e c ent confi e aa in o ation

Figure 177. Alarm Display Rang screen

mA Level Settings

Figure 178. mA Level Settings screen

e e e Settin s section s o s t e c ent a es o o tp t o n i it a nin an e an e o tp t

Figure 179. mA Output Inhibit, Warning and Overrange screens.

Installation and Operation 95


XNX Universal Transmitter
Fieldbus Settings

Figure 180. Fieldbus Settings screen

ie s Settin s isp a s t e c ent confi ation o ot an o s o c an e t e settin s see Fieldbus Options


isp a s t e c ent a ess assi ne to t e t ans itte

Figure 181. HART Configuration Settings screens

Modbus displays the current address and communication data rate assigned to the transmitter.

Figure 182. Modbus Configuration Display screen

Relay Data
e ea en is ena e on i t e t ans itte is e ippe it t e optiona e a s

Installation and Operation 96


XNX Universal Transmitter

Figure 183. Relay Data screen

Figure 184. Relay State screens

Relay Data displays the current setting of the optional relays on the transmitter. To change the relay settings, see Relay Options.

Installation and Operation 97


XNX Universal Transmitter
? Event History
The Event isto sc een ists a e ents t at a e acti ate t e transmitter’s settings. Five types of events are recorded: reset
messages, alarm messages, warning messages, fault messages, and informational messages. The events are listed in chronological
order beginning with the latest.
ents can e isp a e t o fi e o sin o es
• all events in order of occurrence
• all events by hour
• all events by day
• only the alarm events, in order of occurrence
• only the fault events, in order of occurrence
e ent isto sc een o ps e ents into c ono o ica o e (beginning from the unit’s installation). Events can also be viewed
by hour or by date.
Events listed in hour order are grouped without regard to date. For example, all events that have occurred between noon and 1:00
o c oc since t e t ans itte s insta ation can e iso ate o ie a e ents in o o e
1. se t e a netic an to fi te t e isp a o
2. Navigate through the displayed times.

o iso ate a o t e e ents o a specific day:


1. se t e a netic an to fi te t e isp a a
2. Navigate through the displayed days.
3. Filter the list by all events. This will display all events that occurred on that day.

en t e t ans itte is confi e it t e Sea c ine ce o Sea c point pti a t e ata epo te in t e e ent i et e a t
code from the Searchline Excel or Searchpoint Optima.
e t ans itte eco s p to e ents in a ci c a e en e ent is eco e t e o est e ent i e e ete o t e
list.

Installation and Operation 98


XNX Universal Transmitter
! NOTE
Note: The leading zeros of faults and warnings are not displayed in the event list; i.e.,
Fault 011 is displayed as Fault 11.

Figure 185. Event History screen

Figure 186. Chronological Event list

Figure 187. Chronological Event list by hour

Figure 188. Chronological Event List by Day

Installation and Operation 99


XNX Universal Transmitter

Figure 189. Chronological Alarm List

Figure 190. Chronological Fault list

Installation and Operation 100


XNX Universal Transmitter

Calibration

XNX Universal Transmitter Technical Manual 101


XNX Universal Transmitter
Gas Calibration Menu Default Calibration Values
Each of the sensor technologies supported by the transmitter uses
ni e ca i ation p oce es e esc iption p o i e i st ates t e
! WARNING
transmitter interface with the sensor. The description does not replace Warning: Do not use the transmitter in oxygen-enriched atmospheres. Concentrations displayed will
be adversely affected by oxygen depletion.
the procedures found in each sensor’s operating manual.
Warning: Take appropriate precautions when using toxic, flammable, or pressurized cylinders.
e as a i ation en is se o e o an Span calibration as
well as functional testing (bump testing). The Gas Calibration menu is
accessed from the Main Menu. ! CAUTION
This table shows the Gas Calibration menu icons: Caution: The calibration procedure must be performed only by qualified personnel.
Symbol Description e e a t ca i ation a es o t e a i ation e i e ia nostic
Gas Calibration vary based on sensor type. This value can be reprogrammed in
acco ance it site e i e ents to ens e t e i est e e o sa et
Bump Test Before commissioning, verify the correct operation of each sensor
ca i ation it a ce tifie test as o no n concent ation See
Calibrate tp t
Specifications o ca i ation as specifications

! CAUTION
Soft Reset

i n ce
Caution: Recalibrate if the temperature of local environment has varied by more than ±15°C from the
temperature of calibration.

! CAUTION
Caution: If XNX is regularly exposed to wet or dusty conditions, refer to guidance in IEC 60079-29-2
for determining an appropriate calibration interval.

Figure 191. Gas Calibration Menu


! WARNING
F o r c a l i b r a t i n g s t i c k y g a s e s ( C l 2 , C l O2 , H F , H C l , H C N , F a n d O3 ) , u s e Warning: Honeywell recommends periodic bump tests (every 30 days or in accordance with
2
Tox Ki t p a r t n u m b e r XN XT OXKI T 2 . customer site procedures) to the sensor to insure proper operation and compliance with the functional
safety rating of the installation.

Section 3 - Calibration 102


XNX Universal Transmitter
Zero and Span Calibration for EC/mV Sensors and To calibrate the sensor, use an appropriate span gas cylinder, tubing,
Searchpoint Optima a net an ca i ation as o o sin Set t e o e ato to
in o senso s o in o senso s
! CAUTION Use a compressed gas cylinder (20.9%Vol oxygen) to perform the zero
Caution: Before initial calibration, allow the sensor to stabilize for 30 minutes after applying power. calibration if the sensor is located in an area containing any residual
When in zero and span calibration modes, the current output from the sensor is inhibited (default a o nt o t e ta et as no esi a as is p esent ac o n
2mA) to avoid false alarms. ai can e se to pe o t e e o ca i ation ontact a one e
na tics ep esentati e o etai s a o t s ita e ca i ation its o
o stic ases 2
, CIO2 2
and O3), use t in calibrate the sensor, follow the steps in a i ation oce e.
with short pieces of on t e o t e fina connection e to t e
in e i i it o is ini i es a esion o t e as to t e t e
s ace an a o s o e acc ate eas e ent se a one inc section
! NOTE
o on t in as a nion s ee e to oin t e ca i ation c p s fittin an
Note: The oxygen sensor does not require a zeroing procedure. Background air (20.9%Vol oxygen)
t e t in s t e t in a ainst t e fittin so t e a e can be used to span the oxygen sensor in place of a compressed air cylinder (20.9%Vol oxygen). See
secure contact as shown in the illustration. Gas should not be able to the Sensor Data section for other sensors.
contact t e on s ee e ttac t e t in to t e e ato in t e
same manner. Note: EN performance standards require 10 minutes stabilization time for application of zero and span
stainless steel regulator PTFE (Teflon) tubing EC sensor gas for performance-approved EC, mV, and IR sensors prior to calibration.

Calibration Procedure
This section outlines the steps for calibrating the transmitter’s attached
sensors.

! NOTE
Note: Perform the zero calibration before the span calibration.

1. If using a compressed gas cylinder, push the calibration gas


o o sin onto t e otto o t e senso an app t e as
2. ccess t e as a i ation en is en is o ot e o
calibration gas Tygon sleeves calibration cup
and span calibrations.
Figure 192. Joining the PTFE tubing with Tygon tubing

Section 3 - Calibration 103


XNX Universal Transmitter
3. If the zero calibration is successful, the transmitter will display
t e e o asse sc een

Figure 193. Gas Calibration Menu

! NOTE Figure 196. Zero Calibration Passed

Span Calibration
Note: The Gas Calibration menu is for both zero calibration and span calibration.
a span ca i ation is not e i e se ect t e ✖ to s ip t e span
calibration and return to the Calibration menu.
Zero Calibration
4. en t e e o ca i ation is co p ete o s ippe t e Span
Concentration screen appears. The gas concentration for the
Sensor Reading span gas calibration can be changed. If the span calibration is
at Current Settings s ippe t e as a i ation sc een isp a s

Figure 194. Zero Calibration Screen

s t e senso etects t e as an t e concent ation inc eases t e


a es isp a e i e ect t e c an in concent ation en t e
concentration values are stable (about 3 minutes), select to allow the Figure 197. Span Gas Concentration Screen
transmitter to calculate the zero adjustment. Selecting ✖ will return to 5. Enter the concentration of the span gas by selecting to choose
the Gas Calibration menu. t e fi st i it se t e switches to decrease or increase the
values. Use to accept the new value and move to the next
digit. Continue until all digits have been selected.

Sensor Reading Calibration Gas


at Current Settings Concentration

Figure 195. Zero Calibration in Progress


Figure 198. Span Calibration Screen

Section 3 - Calibration 104


XNX Universal Transmitter
6. pp t e span as s t e senso etects t e as an t e Once the zero gas and span calibrations are completed successfully,
concent ation inc eases t e a es isp a e i e ect t e the user will be prompted to:
c an in concent ation en t e concent ation a es a e • exit with inhibit off
stable, select to perform the span. The Span Calibration • exit with inhibit on, or
process also determines whether the sensor is within the proper • not exit.
range to accurately detect the target gas.
7. Selecting ✖ will cancel the span calibration and return to the
Gas Calibration menu.
8. en t e senso as co p ete t e ca i ation an t e span
algorithms have determined that it is within range, the Span
asse sc een i appea
Figure 201. Span Calibration Failed

! WARNING
Warning: When the transmitter is placed in Inhibit Mode, alarms are silenced.This will prevent an
actual gas event from being reported. Inhibit Mode must be limited to testing and maintenance only.
Figure 199. Span Passed Screen Exit Inhibit Mode after testing or maintenance activities.
If the calibration is not successful, the Span Failed screen will
display. Selecting will return to the Span Concentration screen
to begin the span calibration again. Selecting ✖ will exit Span
Calibration and return to the Gas Calibration Menu.

Arrow indicates
gas value is too
low

Figure 200. Span Calibration Failed

Section 3 - Calibration 105


XNX Universal Transmitter
Using the Calibration Cup Zero and Span Calibration of EC Sensors
Refer to Figure 202 to attach the calibration cup:
1. Snap the calibration cup into the weather protector. The two
! CAUTION
p ot sions on t e c p fit into ecesses in t e eat e p otecto Caution: Before initial calibration, allow the sensor to stabilize for 30 minutes after applying power.
When in zero and span calibration modes, the current output from the sensor is inhibited (default
2. ttac t e ose o t e as c in e to t e ca i ation c p ote 2mA) to avoid false alarms.
t at t e c p s o is ni i ectiona e e is an a o on t e
otto s o in o i ection Caution: Recalibrate if the temperature of local environment has varied by more than ±15°C from
the temperature of calibration.
3. st t e ca i ation o ate1.
Hydrogen Sulfide
o en S fi e senso s can e a ecte e te e i it
c an es s en inc ease in a ient i it can es t in a s o t
te positi e i t in t e inst ent s ea in s en ec ease
in a ient i it can es t in a s o t te ne ati e i t in t e
inst ent s ea in ese a e ost i e to e notice in
calibration with dry or cylinder gas.
weather en ca i atin o en s fi e ca t i es o o t e p oce e
protector
in a i ation oce e. To zero the sensor, use a compressed gas
c in e o o o en not nit o en o not se ac o n ai
calibration cup If a span calibration is to be performed, apply the span calibration gas
attach gas immediately after the zeroing procedure. Do not allow the sensor to
cylinder hose return to ambient air conditions.

Figure 202. Attaching the Calibration Cup ! WARNING


Warning: Long-term exposure (>20 minutes) to concentrations exceediing the full-scale range of
the H2S sensor Type 2 can cause it to lose sensitivity. The measured value may then decrease
even though high levels of toxic gas are still present. If such conditions can occur, set the control unit
to latch at overrange. In standalone operation, set alarms to latching. When resetting the overrange
or alarm, verify the correct operation of the transmitter. Before re-calibrating the transmitter, verify
the absence of gas.
in o senso s in o senso s n ess ot e
wise directed.
Section 3 - Calibration 106
XNX Universal Transmitter
Hydrogen Cyanide Ethylene Oxide
e span ca i ation can e pe o e sin
a s ita e concent ation
o a c in e at
st t e span ca i ation set point in t e ! CAUTION
inst ent to atc t at o t e concent ation act a app ie a Caution: Operation of the EtO sensor in a constant background of ethylene may result in baseline
drift. under these conditions, the response of the sensor should be checked and calibrated more
special attention to the following points:
frequently.
se t e o ficia ca i ation a apto S en app in c in e
gas to the sensor. ! CAUTION
t in s o e se to ini ise t e e ects o coatin an Caution: Exposure of the EtO sensor to high concentrations of ethylene may reduce cell life. After
gas absorption during the procedure. such an exposure, check and if necessary replace the sensor.
in en t s s o e ept as s o t as possi e To maximize the accuracy of the calibration, please follow the special
a i ation as s o e o e o a ini o in tes process for calibration of EtO cartridges as follow:
through the system before performing a span calibration. Transportation and Installation
o ate o to
the calibration procedure.
in s o e aintaine t o o t ! NOTE
Note: Ethylene oxide sensors are supplied on a transportation board in order to keep the cell biased
Fluorine at the correct level. Once removed from the transportation board the sensor should be fitted to the
detector as soon as possible.
The calibration is performed using 2 ppm (nominal) chlorine (Cl2).
one e na tics st on eco en s t at a s ita e t e senso is not fitte to t e t anspo tation oa o a po e e
ene ato e se o t is ope ation st t e span ca i ation set etecto its ias i eca an t e senso i ta e p to o s
point in the instrument to match that of the concentration actually to recover. During this period the sensor will not function as a gas
app ie a specia attention to t e o o in points detector, reporting a gas reading above full scale.
se t e o ficia ca i ation a apto S en app in c in e en ca i atin et ene o i e senso s t e o o in s o e
gas to the sensor. ta en into acco nt
t in s o e se to ini ise t e e ects o coatin an se t e o ficia ca i ation a apto S en app in c in e
gas absorption during the procedure. gas to the sensor.
in en t s s o e ept as s o t as possi e t in s o e se to ini ise t e e ects o coatin an
a i ation as s o e o e o a ini o in tes gas absorption during the procedure.
through the system before performing a span calibration. in en t s s o e ept as s o t as possi e
o ate o to in s o e aintaine t o o t a i ation as s o e o e o a ini o in tes
the calibration procedure. through the system before performing a span calibration.

Section 3 - Calibration 107


XNX Universal Transmitter
o ate o to in s o e aintaine t o o t t in s o e se to ini ise t e e ects o coatin an
the calibration procedure. gas absorption during the procedure.
Zero Only Calibration in en t s s o e ept as s o t as possi e
If the sensor is to be zero calibrated only (no span calibration), the e o ate o t e enie 3 generator depends on
calibration should be performed in clean ambient air or clean air (not t e concent ation set an cannot e a ste t e se ta
nit o en i ifie to app o i ate a ient i it e e s concent ation o pp t e o ate i e p
Full Calibration a i ation as s o e o e o a ini o in tes
If performing a full calibration (zero and span) the following procedure through the system before performing a span calibration.
should be used: 5. Refer to the manufacturer’s operating instructions supplied for full
pp c ean ai not nit o en to t e senso o in tes o not details on the operation of the O3 generator.
se ac o n ai
e o t e senso in acco ance it t e etecto s inst ctions to 705/705HT Calibration
confi t e e o ca i ation
o co p ete ca i ation an confi ation in o ation see t e Type
pp t e span ca i ation as to t e senso i e iate a te t e
705 Operating Instructions one e pa t n e
zeroing procedure. Do not allow the sensor to return to ambient air
conditions between steps 2 and 3.
pp t e span as to t e senso o fi e in tes e o e Sensepoint/Sensepoint HT Calibration
commencing the span calibration in accordance with the detector’s o co p ete ca i ation an confi ation in o ation see t e Sieger
inst ctions to confi t e span ca i ation Sensepoint ec nica an oo one e pa t n e
te t e span ca i ation t e senso s o e a o e to eco e
in c ean a ient ai o c ean ai i ifie to app o i ate a ient ! NOTE
i it e e s o fi teen in tes an t en s o e e o ca i ate
Note: When used with XNX, the reaction time using the calibration cap may exceed 60 seconds.
under these conditions. Note that this does not affect the span
sensitivity of the instrument.
Searchpoint Optima Plus Calibration
Ozone
o p ete ca i ation an confi ation in o ation can e o n
The calibration is performed using 0.2 ppm ozone (O3 one e
in t e Sea c point pti a s pe atin nst ctions one e
na tics st on eco en s t at a s ita e 3 generator be used
part number 2108M0905). If properly installed and maintained, the
o t is ope ation s c as t e enie 3. This device generates
Sea c point pti a s senso i not e i e o tine ca i ation
ozone at the target concentration of 0.2 ppm and maintains a regular
This is due to the inherent stability of the IR absorption process and
o ate t o o t t e ca i ation in t e ca i ation p ease pa
t e nit s co pensate optica confi ation
attention to the following points:
Section 3 - Calibration 108
XNX Universal Transmitter
1. From the Calibration menu, select the Gas Calibration option. 3. Select ✖ to return to the Gas Calibration menu. If the zero
ca i ation as s ccess t e t ans itte i isp a t e e o
asse sc een

Figure 203. Calibration menu


z

Figure 206. Zero Calibration screens

4. Begin the span calibration by entering the concentration value


of the calibration gas: Select to c oose t e fi st i it se
Figure 204. Gas Calibration menu to inc ease o ec ease a es Se ect to accept the value
an o e to t e ne t i it se t e ca i ation co e one e
pa t n e to pe o a span ca i ation at a o
e ato o a span ca i ation is not e i e se ect ✖ to
2. e o a e o ca i ation en concent ation a es a e sta e
return to the calibration menu.)
select o to ca c ate t e e o a st ent

Sensor Reading
at Current Settings

Figure 205. Apply Zero Gas screen Figure 207. Searchpoint Optima Plus

Section 3 - Calibration 109


XNX Universal Transmitter
5. Continue until all three digits have been entered. calibration.
Select ✖ to exit Span Calibration and return to main Calibrate screen.
If Span Calibration is exited, the previous calibration values will be
used. Select to return to the Span Concentration screen.

t e ca i ation is s ccess t e Span asse sc een i e


displayed.

Figure 208. Span Concentration screen

6. pp t e span as en concent ation a es a e sta e se ect


to calculate the span adjustment. This process also determines if
the sensor is within range to accurately detect the target gas.

Sensor Reading Calibration Gas Figure 211. Span Passed screen


at Current Settings Concentration
8. it t e a i ation en te t e e o an span ca i ations
have been successfully completed, the user will be prompted to:
• Exit and turn alarm and fault inhibit off,
Figure 209. Span adjustment calculation
• Exit and leave the transmitter in inhibit mode. or
7. Select to return to the Gas Calibration menu. If the calibration is

• Not exit
not successful, the Span Failed screen will be displayed.

Figure 212. Calibration exit options

Figure 210. Span Failed screen

Select to return to the Span Concentration screen to repeat the span


Section 3 - Calibration 110
XNX Universal Transmitter
2. Fit the o o sin onto t e
! WARNING
Warning: When the transmitter is placed in Inhibit Mode, alarms are silenced.This will prevent an
actual gas event from being reported. Inhibit Mode must be limited to testing and maintenance only.
Exit Inhibit Mode after testing or maintenance activities.
Figure 213. Flow housing
Zero and Span Calibration for MPD Sensors (not part of the Reverse the cap removal procedure. Figure 214 s o s t e o
approval by DEKRA Testing and Certification GmbH) o sin accesso fitte to t e

! CAUTION
Caution: Extended or frequent exposure to elevated concentrations of combustible gases may affect
sensor sensitivity.Verify sensor performance by frequent calibration.
Caution: Before initial calibration, allow the sensor to stabilize for 30 minutes after applying power.
When in zero and span calibration modes, the current output from the sensor is inhibited (default 2mA)
to avoid false alarms.

The Gas Calibration menu is for both zero and span calibrations. Figure 214. MPD with Flow Housing

is section esc i es o to ca i ate a a e senso s


fitte to t e t ans itte e ca i ation a st ents a e a e on t e
transmitters display. Gassing is performed at the sensor, which may be ! NOTE
locally or remotely located.
Note: The Gas Calibration menu is for both Zero and Span Calibration.
e o o in e ip ent is e i e
• o o sin one e pa t n e
• Test gas 3. onnect t e o o sin sin eit e as pipe to t e
• Regulator e ate c in e containin a no n concent ation o t e
target gas at approximately the sensor alarm point, e.g., 50%
! NOTE et ane in ai
Note: Use the zero gas and span gas at about the same humidity levels to avoid erroneous cell
responses.

1. t e e is a eat e p oo cap on t e e o e it
Section 3 - Calibration 111
XNX Universal Transmitter
Cross-calibration Procedure for MPDAM-CB1
! WARNING
Warning: As some test gases are hazardous, exhaust the flow housing outlet to a safe area.
! CAUTION
Caution: When a user calibrates a sensor using a different gas, the responsibility for identifying and
4. Follow the procedure in the e o an Span a i ation o recording the calibration rests with the user. Refer to local regulations where appropriate.
Sensors, mV Sensors, and Searchpoint Optima section for
both zero and span calibrations. en t e o sti e senso is to e ca i ate
5. pp t e ta et as to t e senso ass t e as t o t e o with a gas which is different from the gas or vapor to be detected,
housing at a rate of in o o t is c oss ca i ation p oce e
6. Calibrate sensors at concentrations representative of those to These star rating tables list the gases according to the reaction they
e eas e en easi e ca i ate t e senso it t e ta et produce at a given detector.
gas it is to detect.
S ta r S ta r S ta r
G a s G a s G a s
R a tin g R a tin g R a tin g
7. Ensure that the sensor and the vicinity around it is clear of all Acetone 4* Ethane 6* Nonane 2*
traces of the calibration gas before continuing. This is to avoid
Ammonia 7* Ethanol 5* Octane 3*
triggering spurious alarms. If the calibration fails at any point,
discard the cartridge and replace it with a new one (see the Benzene 3* Ethyl acetate 3* Pentane 4*
Senso a t i e ep ace ent section) . Butanone 3* Ethylene 5* Propane 5*
8. e o e t e test e ip ent efit t e eat e p oo cap to t e Butane 4* Heptane 3* Propan-2-ol 4*
sensor (if it was previously removed for the test), and return the Butyl acetate 1* Hexane 3* Styrene 2*
system to normal operation. Butyl acrylate 1* Hydrogen 6* Tetra hydrafuran 4*
Cyclohexane 3* Methane 6* Toluene 3*
MPD Flammable Sensor Operational Life Cyclohexanone 1* Methanol 5* Triethylamine 3*
Diethyl ether 4* MIBK 3* Xylene 2*
e pe isto s se in a a e as senso s can s e o a oss o
sensitivity when in the presence of poisons or inhibitors, e.g., silicones,
s fi es c o ine ea o a o enate oca ons e pe isto s n ei t sta as p o ces t e i est o tp t i e a one sta
a e poison esistant to a i i e t e ope ationa i e o t e a a e gas produces the lowest. (These are not applicable at ppm levels.)
sensor. The typical operating life of the pellistor sensor used in the
is ont s
Section 3 - Calibration 112
XNX Universal Transmitter
To cross-calibrate the MPDAM-CB1 combustible gas sensor: S e n s o r S e n s o r u s e d to d e te c t
c a lib r a te d
1. Obtain the star rating for both the test gas and the gas to be to d e te c t 8* 7 * 6* 5 * 4 * 3* 2* 1*
detected from the Gas Star Ratings table on the previous page. 8* 1.00 1.24 1.52 1.89 2.37 2.98 3.78 4.83
2. Set the gas selection to the star rating which is the same star 7* 0.81 1.00 1.23 1.53 1.92 2.40 3.05 3.90
rating of the gas being detected. 6* 0.66 0.81 1.00 1.24 1.56 1.96 2.49 3.17
3. These values may then be used in the following table to obtain 5* 0.53 0.66 0.80 1.00 1.25 1.58 2.00 2.55
t e e ie ete settin en a test as is app ie 4* 0.42 0.52 0.64 0.80 1.00 1.26 1.60 2.03
to the detector. 3* 0.34 0.42 0.51 0.64 0.80 1.00 1.27 1.62
2* 0.26 0.33 0.40 0.50 0.63 0.79 1.00 1.28
1 1* 0.21 0.26 0.32 0.39 0.49 0.62 0.78 1.00
T e s t G a s M e te r S e ttin g s
S t a r R a t i n g o f G a s t o b e De t e c t e d Since co sti e senso s e i e o en o co ect ope ation
S ta r R a tin g o f se a i t e o as in ai o ca i ation ss in a e a e senso
C a lib r a tio n G a s 8* 7 * 6* 5 * 4 * 3* 2* 1*
performance, the sensitivity information in these tables is normally
8* 50 62 76 95 - - - accurate to ±20%.
7* 40 50 61 76 95 - -
! CAUTION
6* 33 41 50 62 78 95 -
Caution: When calibrating a sensor, the reaction time of the sensor should be checked by measuring
5* 26 33 40 50 63 79 95 - the time taken from applying test gas to sensor head to achieving a stable reading. Stability should
be achieved within one minute. If this reaction time becomes unduly longer, the sensor should be
4* - 26 32 40 50 63 80 95
replaced.
3* - - 26 32 40 50 64 81
2* - - - 25 31 39 50 64 Example:

1* - - - - 25 31 39 50 If the target gas to be detected is butane and the calibration gas


1
Use these settings only with 50% LEL calibration gas concentration. a ai a e is et ane
oo p t e sta atin o eac as in t e fi st ta e
4. If a sensor is to be used to detect a gas other than that for which Butane 4* and Methane 6*.
it as ca i ate t e e i e co ection acto can e o taine
from the following multiplier factors table. Multiply the meter ec t e ete settin s o ca i ation as in t e secon
reading by this number to obtain the true gas concentration. table: 78.

M u ltip lie r F a c to r s
3. Set the meter to 78% to give an accurate reading for butane using
it et ane as t e ca i ation as
Section 3 - Calibration 113
XNX Universal Transmitter
Functional Gas Testing (Bump Testing)
! NOTE ! WARNING
Note: Calibrate the sensor at the approximate alarm levels to allow for non-linearity of the sensors Warning: Honeywell Analytics recommends bump testing of ClO2, Cl2, HF, HCl, HCN, F2 and O3
at gas concentrations above 80% LEL. sensors frequently and in accordance with customer site procedures to ensure proper operation
and compliance with the functional safety rating of the installation.
EC Sensor Operational Life Warning: Take appropriate precautions with cylinders of flammable or toxic gases. The calibration
e t pica i e o a to ic as senso epen s on t e app ication e enc procedure must be performed only by Honeywell-trained personnel.
and amount of gas exposure. Under normal conditions (3 month visual
inspection an ont test eca i ation t e to ic senso as an e pecte
i e e a to o eate t an t ese i eti es
• ont s o a onia o en c o i e an o en o i e
sensors (see further ammonia information below).
• ont s o o ine an o one senso s
Figure 215. Bump Test Menu
• 24 months for chlorine dioxide, oxygen, and other toxic sensors.
See the Maintenance section for sensor replacement procedures. ! WARNING
! CAUTION Warning: Exposure to desensitizing or contaminating substances or concentrations causing
operation of any alarm may affect sensor sensitivity.Following such events, verify sensor performance
Caution: Oxygen deficient atmospheres (less than 6%V/V) may result in inaccurate readings and by performing a bump test.
substandard performance.
est t e senso e ent to ens e t at t e s ste is ope atin
p ope i e ent senso t pes a e i e o e e ent
onia e ect oc e ica ce s a e e ia e an s ita e o app ications
maintenance, depending on the environmental conditions and the
e e no ac o n concent ation o a onia e ists n e t ese
gases present. The weatherproof cap has a spigot for attaching
conditions the cells are expected to operate for 12 to 24 months. These
tubing from a gas cylinder. This may be used to bump test the sensor.
ammonia cells are of the consumptive type. Their operating life can be o e e en i on enta con itions a a e t is ns ita e o so e
adversely affected by continuous or excessive exposure to ammonia, or gas types or applications. It is the responsibility of the user to ensure
p o on e e pos e to e t e es o te pe at e an o i it suitability of this method for each application.
To ensure continued detection availability, bump test the sensors 1. en p test as is app ie to t e senso t e p test
regularly and implement an appropriate cell replacement program. sc een isp a s t e c ent ea in o t e senso an t e pea
reading that occurred during the bump test.
Section 3 - Calibration 114
XNX Universal Transmitter
Peak Reading Calibrate mA Output
se a i ate tp t to a st t e i ia p o tp t to p o i e
Full Scale
Current Sensor the correct output levels at peripheral devices connected to the
Reading transmitter.
Alarm Levels
Figure 216. Bump Test Screen

2. If the difference between the reading and the applied gas


concentration is outside the acceptable limits for the application,
follow the procedures for zeroing and calibrating the sensor (see the Figure 218 Calibrate mA Output Menu
e o an Span a i ation o Senso s section).
o a st t e o tp t se t e switches to increase or
3. If the reading is still inaccurate, replace the sensor (see the decrease the output, then use to accept the new value and move
Sensor Cartridge Replacement section or EC Sensor Cell to t e settin o ✖ to discard the selection and return to the
Replacement section as appropriate). previous menu.
Once the bump test is completed successfully, the transmitter will
exit the calibration procedure. Before returning to the Gas Calibration
menu, the user will be prompted to exit and turn alarm and fault inhibit
off, exit and leave the transmitter in inhibit mode, or not exit.

! CAUTION Figure 219. Calibrate mA Output Screens


Caution: Exiting before the gas level has fallen below the level of Alarm 1 will cause the transmitter in insta ation an ete st e connecte in se ies it t e
to go into alarm. oop as s o n e o
Remote end
Control Equipment
mA
4-20 mA loop
Meter
XNX R load
4-20 mA loop

Figure 217. Exiting the calibration procedure


Figure 220. 4-20 mA loop with mA meter

Section 3 - Calibration 115


XNX Universal Transmitter
! NOTE Soft Reset
(Searchline Excel and Searchpoint Optima Plus only)
Note: Calibrated mA output is required for proper operation of internal diagnostics.

n a t i e epo te i t e ca i ation ai s

Figure 223. Soft Reset Menu

Align Excel (Searchline Excel) For transmitters connected to a Searchline Excel or Searchpoint
pti a s senso t e So t eset sen s t ese in a e e ices a
signal to restart the sensor.

Figure 221. Align Excel Menu

For detailed information on aligning the Searchline Excel, see Figure 224. Soft Reset Sensor Screen
the Searchline Excel Technical Manua one e pa t n e
2104M0506).

Signal Strength
Alignment Bargraph
Reference Value

1.00 Signal Strength Target


Figure 222. Align Excel Screen

i n t e nit sin t e in o ation o n in t e Sea c ine ce


an a s t e a i n ent is pe o e t e transmitter display will
in icate t e si na st en t in t e o o a a ap i nt e
Excel until the signal strength bar graph reaches or exceeds 1.00 as
shown on the display.

Section 3 - Calibration 116


XNX Universal Transmitter

Maintenance

XNX Universal Transmitter Technical Manual 117


XNX Universal Transmitter
MPD Sensor Cartridge Replacement
! WARNING Using Figure 225 as a guide, follow this procedure:
Warning: When servicing or replacing sensors, reduce the risk of ignition in hazardous
1. Verify that the label on the new sensor is the correct gas
atmospheres by declassifying the area or disconnecting the equipment from the supply circuit
before opening the sensor enclosure. Keep the assembly tightly closed during operation. type.
2. Remove power from the transmitter.
Warning: Take care when handling sensors as they may contain corrosive solutions. Do not
3. nsc e t e eat e p oo ap i e ippe oosen t e
tamper or in any way disassemble the sensor cell. Do not expose to temperatures outside the
recommended range. Do not expose the sensor to organic solvents or flammable liquids.
etaine oc in sc e an nsc e t e senso etaine
4. Remove the old sensor cartridge by pulling without
Warning: At the end of their working lives, sensors must be disposed of in an environmentally twisting.
safe manner, in accordance with local waste management requirements and environmental
5. S i e t e ep ace ent into t e o i n t e ta
legislation. Alternatively, sensors may be securely packaged, clearly marked for
environmental disposal, and returned to Honeywell Analytics. Do not incinerate sensors as
with the alignment slot, then press the sensor cartridge
they may emit toxic fumes. fi to seat it into t e o
6. efit t e senso etaine ti ten t e oc in sc e
Warning: Verify all outputs, including display, after installation, after service events, and
7. eca i ate t e senso o o in t e p oce e in the
periodically to ensure the safety and integrity of the system.
a i ation oce e section.
Warning: Safety related output functions must be tested annually.
8. efit t e eat e p oo ap i e ippe
Internal O-ring
(critical to performance times)

! CAUTION Cell Alignment Slot

Caution: The following procedure must be followed carefully and performed only by suitably
trained personnel. A fault condition will be signaled by the sensor if it is removed with the unit
under power.
Sensor Cartridge
IR or Cat Bead

! NOTE Sensor Retainer


and Locking Screw

Figure 225. Removing the plug-in sensor


Note: If the power-on-self-test was skipped during maintenance activities, restart the
transmitter.

Maintenance 118
XNX Universal Transmitter
EC Sensor Cartridge and Cell Replacement 7. efit t e senso into t e t ans itte ens in t at t e pins
are fully aligned before gently pushing it fully home.
! CAUTION 8. Senso a p i e in an t e isp a i a te nate
Caution: For toxic ells, remove the shorting clip from the bottom of the cell prior to installation. et een t o sc eens a t an
No shorting clip is provided with oxygen cells..

The serviceable sensor allows replacement of the cell inside the


sensor. The cell must be replaced with one of the same type as
the original.
Figure 226. Sensor screens during warmup
en ep acin o en 2 senso ce s t e initia a p ti e
is et een an in tes is a p is e i e on 9. Follow the procedure to accept the new sensor in the
after sensor cell replacement. ccept e Senso pe section.
10. Recalibrate the sensor following the procedures in the e o an
! NOTE Span a i ation o Senso s an Sea c point pti a
Note: Always install the replacement cartridge by the INSTALL BY date shown on the section.
cartridge packaging, which is typically 6 months from the date of manufacture. For certain
regions, it is permissible for H2S cartridges only, for this to be extended to 12 months
from the date of manufacture, provided that they are stored between -10°C to +30°C and
20 to 80 %RH..

Replacing the Sensor Cell


To replace the cell follow this procedure:
1. nsc e t e eat e p oo ap oosen t e senso etaine
oc in sc e an nsc e t e senso etaine
2. Remove the old sensor by pulling without twisting.
3. Unscrew the sensor cap.
4. Remove the old cell by pulling without twisting.
5. Verify that the new cell is the same type as the old one.
6. t e ne ce into t e senso i n t e senso pins
it t e connecto o es in t e
Maintenance 119
XNX Universal Transmitter
Note t at t e ans itte i isp a t e a t
screen and the message “G:TBV:xxx”, where “xxx” is the
target gas of the new cartridge. Enter the menu system
Old cell an se ect ccept e Senso pe an t en ca i ate t e
sensor as described in the a i ation o e e section.
New cell

Transmitter Sensor Cap

Old Sensor New Sensor


Sensor Cell Replacement
3 4

Sensor Retainer &


Locking Screw

2 5

1 6

EC Sensor Removal

Figure 227. XNX EC sensor and cell replacement

Replacing with a Different Sensor Type


en ep acin an ca t i e it one o a i e ent ta et
gas, proceed as described in the previous section.

Figure 228. Sensor screens during warmup

Maintenance 120
XNX Universal Transmitter

Warnings and Faults

XNX Universal Transmitter Technical Manual 121


XNX Universal Transmitter
Warning Messages
Applicable Frequency of Diag-
Warning Description Latching / Non-Latching Event History Data Action For Resolution
Sensors nostic
®
24 VDC s pp ec ieo po e s pp to as e as po e s pp ope a
on atc in 2 seconds
Supply Bad voltage x1000 tion.
ec ocation o eat so ces it it s ns a e o ot e p otection
e pe a te pe a
on atc in 2 seconds an e ocation o ec te pe at e in n o ans itte Stat s
ture Error ture (Celsius)
to ensure temperature is being measured properly.
Simulated
on atc in Enabled by user 0 e o in an a a a t eset i c ea a si ation
a nin a t
po s senso
every 2 seconds, Sensor fault or ec ocation o eat so ces it it s ns a e o ot e p otection
Sensor Tem
Optima on atc in diagnostic fre warning code an e ocation o ec te pe at e in n o Senso Stat s to
perature Error
enc cont o e (Note 4) ensure temperature is being measured properly.
by sensor
po s senso
every 2 seconds, Sensor fault or ec ocation o eat so ces it it s ns a e o ot e p otection
Sensor Tem
Excel on atc in diagnostic fre warning code an e ocation o ec te pe at e in n o Senso Stat s to
perature Error
enc cont o e (Note 4) ensure temperature is being measured properly.
by sensor
ec ocation o eat so ces it it s ns a e o ot e p otection
Sensor Tem Sensor temper
ECC on atc in 2 seconds an e ocation o ec te pe at e in n o Senso Stat s to
perature Error ature (Celsius)
ensure temperature is being measured properly.
Raw gas con ec senso ocation o e te na inte e ence e o e o ca i a
Negative Drift ECC, mV on atc in 2 seconds centration of tion. If problem persists after zero calibration and no interference exists,
sensor replace sensor.
po s senso
every 2 seconds, ec senso ocation o e te na inte e ence e o e o ca i a
Optima, Sensor fault or
Negative Drift on atc in diagnostic fre tion. If problem persists after zero calibration and no interference exists,
Excel warning code
enc cont o e replace sensor.
by sensor
Number of days
remaining until i e since t e ast span ca i ation as e cee e a efine i it e
Calibration calibration ex forming a successful span calibration will clear the condition. The limit is
on atc in 2 seconds
e ie pires, negative t e se efine ca i ation inte a can e isa e settin t e
= number of calibration interval to 0.
days expired

Warnings/Faults 122
XNX Universal Transmitter
Applicable Frequency of Diag-
Warning Description Latching / Non-Latching Event History Data Action For Resolution
Sensors nostic
po s senso
every 2 seconds, Sensor fault or
Sensor 24 VDC Optima, ec ieo po e s pp to as e as po e s pp ope a
on atc in diagnostic fre warning code
Supply Bad Excel tion so c ec i in et een an pti a ce
enc cont o e (Note 4)
by sensor
po s senso
every 2 seconds, Sensor fault or
Senso at
Optima on atc in diagnostic fre warning code ec ocation o e te na inte e ence ec senso o it in o s
Obscured
enc cont o e (Note 4)
by sensor
po s senso
every 2 seconds, Sensor fault or
ec ocation o e te na inte e ence o o st ctions in t e pat
ea oc Excel on atc in diagnostic fre warning code
ec senso o i t in o s ec ce a i n ent
enc cont o e (Note 4)
by sensor
po s senso
Sensor In every 2 seconds, Sensor fault or
te na a p Optima atc in diagnostic fre warning code e o e an et n to one e o epai
Issue enc cont o e (Note 4)
by sensor
po s senso
every 2 seconds, Sensor fault or
Excessive Optima, ec senso ocation o e te na inte e ence c ec senso o ope a
on atc in diagnostic fre warning code
Float Excel tion an e e o e e app op iate
enc cont o e (Note 4)
by sensor
Senso oop
Failure, (Sen
ec t at s pp o ta e is sta e ec i in et een pti a
so is osin po s senso
ce an ec oop i pe ance o i in ec t at s itc es
as ost every 2 seconds, Sensor fault or
Optima, S3 and S4 are set correctly. If the switch settings need to be changed,
output signal. atc in diagnostic fre warning code
Excel power down the transmitter before changing the switch settings. Once
These are enc cont o e (Note 4)
the problem has been resolved, a Soft Reset must be performed for the
detected by by sensor
a i ation en to c ea
Optima and
Excel.
po s senso
Sensor Real Sensor fault or
every 2 seconds, eset ate an ti e in ce e c c e ce po e an confi ate
i e oc Excel on atc in warning code
diagnostic con an ti e not etaine e o e an et n to one e o epai
issue (Note 4)
trolled by sensor

Warnings/Faults 123
XNX Universal Transmitter
Applicable Frequency of Diag-
Warning Description Latching / Non-Latching Event History Data Action For Resolution
Sensors nostic
po s senso
every 2 seconds, Sensor fault or
Sensor Inter Optima, atc in an on
diagnostic fre warning code e o e an et n to one e o epai
nal Failure Excel latching
enc cont o e (Note 4)
by sensor
po s senso
Sensor has an every 2 seconds, Sensor fault or
internal soft Excel atc in diagnostic fre warning code ce ce po e an confi a t c ea e not ep ace senso
ware error enc cont o e (Note 4)
by sensor
po s senso
Sensor Instal every 2 seconds, Sensor fault or
lation Not Excel on atc in diagnostic fre warning code ec ce a i n ent e o a e o ca i ation
Complete enc cont o e (Note 4)
by sensor
po s senso
every 2 seconds, Sensor fault or
General Diag Optima, ec senso connections c ec senso ope ation fit ep ace ent sen
on atc in diagnostic fre warning code
nostics Excel sor, replace personalty board.
enc cont o e (Note 4)
by sensor
po s senso
Sensor Inter every 2 seconds, Sensor fault or
na o e Excel on atc in diagnostic fre warning code e o e an et n to one e o epai
Supply Defect enc cont o e (Note 4)
by sensor
n icates t at a o ce con ition as e t on o o e t an
o ce
atc in 1 second o ce in tes o action e i e as ope ation i e et ne to no a
Timeout
automatically.
Forced
relay status, Indicates that a forced relay condition was left on for more than 15
Forced Relay
atc in 1 second a on in tes o action e i e as e a ope ation i e et ne to no a
Timeout
a on automatically.
4=Fault on
1=new sensor, Generated after accepting a new mV sensor or changing the mV sensor
mV Sensor en se
2=changed type or changing the mV gas selection. This is a warning to user that a
Calibration mV atc in changes sensor
personality, span calibration should be performed. If a span calibration is not per
Needed type or gas
3=changed gas formed, the default calibration values will be used.

Warnings/Faults 124
XNX Universal Transmitter
Applicable Frequency of Diag-
Warning Description Latching / Non-Latching Event History Data Action For Resolution
Sensors nostic
po s senso
every 2 seconds, Sensor fault or ec ocation o e te na inte e ence o o st ctions in t e pat
o ptica
Excel on atc in diagnostic fre warning code ec senso o i t in o s ec ce a i n ent ec ea
Sample Signal
enc cont o e (Note 4) oc o Si na e centa e settin in t e t ans itte
by sensor
Dependent on
sensor, typically 8
e e ai e
ECC atc in o s nce a t 0 ECC sensor is nearing end of life. Replace sensor.
a nin
is detected: every
15 minutes
Safety variable
atc in 2 seconds Note 3 ontact one e e na tics Se ice epa t ent
fail warning

Warnings/Faults 125
XNX Universal Transmitter
Notes
Note 3:
Subtypes Decimal Description
1 e o in sa et c itica oc
2 o e oa in sa et c itica oc o
4 o oa in ata o e sona it oa
Excel signal level has been below the low signal level
8
threshold for at least 24 hours
16 ce ea oc e
32 e sona it oa e o co e
64 ption oa e o co e
Fault 2 Event 128 inp t an
Bits
256 inp t
512 o ce not it in
1024 ains o on t atc oca cop
2048 e o ea in o itin
4096 e e ai e
8192 test ai e
16384 o a e o ai e
32768 Op code test failure
Fault 3 Event
1 Interrupt integrity test failure
Bits

Note 4:
pti a an ce a t an a nin co es a e isp a e in t e ent isto ata fie

Warnings/Faults 126
XNX Universal Transmitter
Fault Messages
Appli-
Latching / Non- Frequency of
Fault Description cable Event History Data Action For Resolution
Latching Diagnostic
Sensors
ain
Note 2. Optima or
Unexpected Sen oop epeate c ec s pp o ta e c ec ca e oop i pe ance c ec
F101 on atc in Excel: Sensor fault or
sor Reset pti a ce terminal connections
warning code (Note 4)
seconds
ec ocation o eat so ces it it s ns a e o ot e p otec
e pe at e te pe at e
F103 on atc in 2 seconds tion an e t e t ans itte s ocation ec te pe at e in n o
Error (Celsius)
ans itte Stat s to ens e te pe at e is ein eas e p ope
S p s pp o ta e ec t e i e o t e po e s pp to t e t ans itte an t e po e
F104 on atc in 2 seconds
ply Bad x1000 supply operation.
3.3VDC Supply
a on pe
F105 on atc in 2 seconds e sona it oa ec ans itte Stat s
sonality board, or
3=Option board
option board
ea i e Total seconds since it e c oc as inco ect set o t e atte o t e c oc as ai e
F106 on atc in 2 seconds
oc ai e Jan 1, 1970 ote t e c oc i stop nnin on an a
nte na ai on atc in e
t po e p an
F107 e cept o Note 3 ontact one e na tics Se ice epa t ent
8 hours
pco e error
ec i in o o tp t o ec t at s itc es S an S a e
tp t o tp t e o ea set co ect ote t at i is not eso e ic an nte na
F108 atc in 2 seconds
oop ai e s e set o nication ai e i a so e ene ate en t e ca se o
F108 is resolved, both the F108 and F149 will be cleared.
Si ate an
F109 on atc in Enabled by user 0 e o in an a a a t eset i c ea a si ation
in a t
Sensor software n c ec e at Senso fi ae e
F110 Optima atc in ontact one e na tics Se ice epa t ent
mismatch power up sion x10
ec senso ocation o e te na inte e ence e o e o ca i a
Raw gas concentra
Negative Drift ECC, mV on atc in 2 seconds tion. If problem persists after zero calibration and no interference exists,
tion of sensor
replace sensor.

F111 po s senso
e ati e i t a every 2 seconds, ec senso ocation o e te na inte e ence e o e o ca i a
Optima, Sensor fault or warn
indicate a failed IR on atc in diagnostic fre tion. If problem persists after zero calibration and no interference exists,
Excel ing code
sensor enc cont o e replace sensor.
by sensor

Warnings/Faults 127
XNX Universal Transmitter
Appli-
Latching / Non- Frequency of
Fault Description cable Event History Data Action For Resolution
Latching Diagnostic
Sensors
po s senso
every 2 seconds, ec t e i e o t e po e s pp to t e t ans itte an t e po e
Sensor 24 VDC Optima, Sensor fault or warn
F112 on atc in diagnostic fre s pp ope ation so c ec t e i in et een t e t ans itte an t e
Supply Bad Excel ing code (Note 4)
enc cont o e pti a ce
by sensor
po s senso
Sensor Internal every 2 seconds,
Sensor fault or warn
F113 o e S pp Excel on atc in diagnostic fre e o e an et n to one e o epai
ing code (Note 4)
Defect enc cont o e
by sensor
po s senso
every 2 seconds,
Sensor Internal Sensor fault or warn
F114 Optima atc in diagnostic fre e o e an et n to one e o epai
a p ss e ing code (Note 4)
enc cont o e
by sensor
po s senso
every 2 seconds,
Sensor Internal Optima, Sensor fault or warn
F116 on atc in diagnostic fre e o e an et n to one e o epai
Failure Excel ing code (Note 4)
enc cont o e
by sensor
Senso oop
Failure, (Sensor
is osin as ost ec t at s pp o ta e is sta e ec i in et een pti a ce
po s senso
o tp t si na an t e t ans itte ec oop i pe ance o i in ec t at s itc
every 2 seconds,
These are detected Optima, Sensor fault or warn es S3 and S4 are set correctly. If the switch settings need to be changed,
F117 atc in diagnostic fre
by Optima and Excel ing code (Note 4) power down the transmitter before changing the switch settings. Once
enc cont o e
Excel, F161 is de the problem has been resolved, a Soft Reset must be performed for the
by sensor
tecte an Calibration menu to clear F117.
will usually occur
before F117.)
po s senso
Sensor Real Time every 2 seconds, Sensor fault or warn eset ate an ti e in ce ec c e ce po e an confi ate
F118 Excel on atc in
oc iss e diagnostic con ing code (Note 4) an ti e not etaine e o e an et n to one e o epai
trolled by sensor

Warnings/Faults 128
XNX Universal Transmitter
Appli-
Latching / Non- Frequency of
Fault Description cable Event History Data Action For Resolution
Latching Diagnostic
Sensors
po s senso
every 2 seconds,
Cartridge Internal ec ca t i e connections c ec senso ope ation fit ep ace ent
F119 ECC, mV on atc in diagnostic fre Note 5
Electrical Failure cartridge, replace personality board.
enc cont o e
by sensor
n icates a oss o co nication it t e senso ec t at t e
ECC, mV,
sensor type indicated in the part number matches the installed hard
F120 No Sensor Optima, on atc in 2 seconds Note 2
ae ec t e i in et een senso s o pti a ce an t e
Excel
transmitter.
on ati e t po e p an
F121 error loading sen on atc in when cartridge is 0 ontact one e na tics Se ice epa t ent
sor parameters changed
po s senso
every 2 seconds,
General Diagnos Optima, Sensor fault or warn ec senso connections c ec senso ope ation fit ep ace ent sen
F122 on atc in diagnostic fre
tics Excel ing code (Note 4) sor, replace personalty board.
enc cont o e
by sensor
ec ocation o eat so ces it it s ns a e o ot e p otection
Sensor Tempera Sensor fault or warn
Optima on atc in an e ocation o t e t ans itte ec te pe at e in n o Senso
ture Error ing code (Note 4)
Status to ensure temperature is being measured properly.
po s senso
every 2 seconds, ec ocation o eat so ces it it s ns a e o ot e p otection
Sensor Tempera Sensor fault or warn
F123 Excel on atc in diagnostic fre an e ocation o t e t ans itte ec te pe at e in n o Senso
ture Error ing code (Note 4)
enc cont o e Status to ensure temperature is being measured properly.
by sensor
ec ocation o eat so ces it it s ns a e o ot e p otection
Sensor Tempera Sensor temperature
ECC on atc in 2 seconds an e ocation o ec te pe at e in n o Senso Stat s to
ture Error (Celsius)
ensure temperature is being measured properly.
Number of days re
maining until calibra i e since t e ast span ca i ation as e cee e a efine i it e
Calibration Re
F125 on atc in 2 seconds tion expires, negative forming a successful span calibration will clear the condition. The limit is
ie
= number of days the maximum calibration interval.
expired

Warnings/Faults 129
XNX Universal Transmitter
Appli-
Latching / Non- Frequency of
Fault Description cable Event History Data Action For Resolution
Latching Diagnostic
Sensors
po s senso
every 2 seconds,
Senso at Sensor fault or warn
F126 Optima on atc in diagnostic fre ec ocation o e te na inte e ence ec senso o it in o s
scured ing code (Note 4)
enc cont o e
by sensor
po s senso
every 2 seconds,
Sensor fault or warn ec ocation o e te na inte e ence o o st ctions in t e pat
F127 ea oc Excel on atc in diagnostic fre
ing code (Note 4) ec senso o i t in o s ec ce a i n ent
enc cont o e
by sensor
po s senso
every 2 seconds,
Sensor Installation Sensor fault or warn
F128 Excel on atc in diagnostic fre ec ce a i n ent e o a e o ca i ation
Not Complete ing code (Note 4)
enc cont o e
by sensor
Option module ID:
ec t at insta e option atc es t e option in icate in t e t ans it
Option Communi 0=None, 1=Foun
F130 on atc in 2 seconds ter part number. If the option has been changed, the new option must be
cation Failure dationTM Fieldbus,
set p in n o ation ans itte ata as esc i e in t e an a
2=Modbus®, 3=Relay
F133 Not used
Stabilization a p ti e sec c e po e contact one e na tics Se ice epa t ent i p o
F143 atc in 2 seconds
Timeout onds x100) lem persists.
Dependent on
sensor, typically 8
F145 e e ai e ECC on atc in o s nce a t n ECC sensor is no longer functioning properly. Replace sensor.
is detected: every
15 minutes
n no n Senso Optima, Sensor fault or warn
F146 on atc in 2 seconds ontact one e na tics Se ice epa t ent
Failure Excel ing code (Note 4)
Internal option
Option board error
F148 board hardware on atc in 2 seconds ontact one e na tics Se ice epa t ent
status (Note 6)
failure

Warnings/Faults 130
XNX Universal Transmitter
Appli-
Latching / Non- Frequency of
Fault Description cable Event History Data Action For Resolution
Latching Diagnostic
Sensors
nte na
monitoring circuit
F149 on atc in 3.366 seconds 0 ontact one e na tics Se ice epa t ent
communication
failure
tp t onito
Communication error
F150 Communications on atc in 138 us ontact one e na tics Se ice epa t ent
count
atc o o
Module type: 0=None,
o e o ccept e Senso nction i p o e pe sists
Sensor Module 1=ECC, 2=mV,
F151 ECC on atc in 2 seconds contact one e na tics Se ice epa t ent o ot e s contact
Type Changed 3=Excel, 4=Optima,
one e na tics Se ice epa t ent
ene ic
Only at powerup Option module ID:
Option Module or every 125 ms 0=None, 1=Founda
F152 atc in onfi option p ope insta e econfi e nit
onfi ation o when no option tion Fieldbus, 2=Mod
board detected bus, 3=Relay
Si na ata is ec i in to pti a ce n pa tic a c ec t e ite i e e
Optima,
F153 match error on IR on atc in 2 seconds Digital sensor reading t een n an pti a ce ote po e st e c c e to eset
Excel
personality after correcting the cause.
5 minutes after
np t ia nos Optima, power up and
F154 atc in np t ontact one e na tics Se ice epa t ent
tic Failure Excel then every 8
hours
n icates t at inp t o senso is ess t an ec i in
et een an senso so c ec t e s itc es S an S a e set
ene ic Senso Generic
F155 on atc in 2 seconds np t correctly. If the switch settings need to be change, power down the
Type Error
transmitter before changing the switch settings. If wiring and switches
a e o a ep ace senso
mV Current Control constant c ent ec t at co ect senso t pe is se ecte ec i in et een
F156 mV on atc in Main loop x16
Failure input mV an senso senso t pe an i in a e o a ep ace senso
F157 Sensor Drift Fault ECC, mV on atc in 2 seconds Current baseline e o e o ca i ation po e pe sists ep ace senso
ain
Senso e sona
oop Entire personality ec t at insta e option atc es t e option in icate in t e t ans it
F158 it a t e on atc in
pti a ce pa t te pa t n e c ec i in to pti a ce
mismatch
seconds"

Warnings/Faults 131
XNX Universal Transmitter
Appli-
Latching / Non- Frequency of
Fault Description cable Event History Data Action For Resolution
Latching Diagnostic
Sensors
Only at powerup
ption a t or every 125 ms ec t at insta e option atc es t e option in icate in t e pa t
F159 on atc in nti e option pa t
ber Mismatch when no option n e c ec i in to pti a ce
board detected
a a e ia nos Gain1 high byte,
F160 ECC, mV on atc in Main loop x2 Replace defective EC cartridge or mV personality board.
tic Failure Gain2 low byte
n icates inp t o pti a ce is e o in icatin a a t in
t e senso n ot e a t i a so t i e t is a t so c ec o a i
np t n icates Optima,
F161 on atc in 1 second np t tiona a ts in e ent isto to ete ine specific iss e no ot e a ts
Fault Excel
in icate c ec i in et een pti a ce an so c ec t at
switches S3 and S4 are set correctly.
Error reloading
F162 sa et c itica on atc in 2 seconds Note 3 ontact one e na tics Se ice epa t ent
oc
Interrupt integrity
F163 on atc in Main loop Note 3 i eset i o e t an s ccessi e e o s occ
fault
mV bridge voltage or
Indicates that the sensor was changed or is bad. If the fault will not clear,
F164 mV Sensor failure mV atc in 1 second bridge current that
replace the sensor.
caused fault

Warnings/Faults 132
XNX Universal Transmitter
Appli-
Latching / Non- Frequency of
Fault Description cable Event History Data Action For Resolution
Latching Diagnostic
Sensors
i ita to na o
on e te
output)

na o to i ita
on e te
inte na ee ac

point is
too low
n icates t at ca i ation ai e an isca e ents isto
point is
pa a ete in icates ic ca i ation point as ai e ca i
a i ation too high
F165 all atc in 2 seconds ation ai s it no c an es ta e p ace so t e ca i ation
failure point is
o tp t sta s as it as ec oop esistance epeat
too low
ca i ation e a t c ea s itse a te a s ccess ca i ation
point is
too high
point is
too low
point is
too high
point is
too low
point
is too high

Warnings/Faults 133
XNX Universal Transmitter
Notes Note 3:
Note 2: Subtypes Decimal Description
1 e o in sa et c itica oc
Spi Event Bits
2 o e oa in sa et c itica oc o
Decimal Description
4 o oa in ata o e sona it oa
1 S Sta tin
Excel signal level has been below the low signal level
2 S t ans ittin 8
threshold for at least 24 hours
4 a in c oc e e isin e e
16 ce ea oc e
8 S po t open c ose
32 e sona it oa e o co e
16 S no esponse
64 ption oa e o co e
32 S no esponse Fault 2
128 inp t an
64 S issin ata Event Bits
256 inp t
128 Not used
512 o ce not it in
256 S Sta tin
1024 ains o on t atc oca cop
512 S t ans ittin
2048 e o ea in o itin
1024 a in c oc e e isin e e
4096 e e ai e
2048 S po t open c ose
8192 test ai e
4096 16384 o a e o ai e
8192 Not used 32768 Op code test failure
16384
Fault 3
32768 S Sta tin 1 Interrupt integrity test failure
Event Bits

Warnings/Faults 134
XNX Universal Transmitter
Note 4: Note 6:
pti a an ce a t an a nin co es a e isp a e in t e ent isto ata fie Relay Option Board Error Status
Decimal Description
1 i n t ecei e S o
Note 5: 2 ecei e n efine co an
4 Exceeded maximum data bytes
Subtypes Decimal Description
Relay Option Board Error 8 ite co ision o e o e n
1 e o ea in o itin
Status 16 e o in S pac et
2 test ai e
32 Stac o e o o n e o
4 o a e o ai e
64 o a e o e o
8 Opcode test failure
ECC Fault 128 a pat test ai e
16 an t a st o a e oesn t atc i ita
Subtypes pot
32 Reserved
64 Reserved
128 test ai e in co on a ea
1 e o ea in o itin
2 test ai e
4 o a e o ai e
8 Opcode test failure
mV Fault
Subtypes an t a st o a e oesn t atc i ita
16
pot
32 sa et a ia e ai e
64 Interrupts integrity failure
128 Stac o e o n e o ai e

Warnings/Faults 135
XNX Universal Transmitter
Informational Messages
Number Description Contents of Data Field
Number Description Contents of Data Field Alarm Relays Configured Normally De- N/A
I027
Energized.
I001 Unused
I028 Fieldbus Address Changed New address (e.g. 15)
I002 Force Relay Mode Started Bitpattern for relays. (E.G. 7.0 ==All)
I029 Fieldbus Speed Changed New speed (e.g. 19200)
I003 Force Relay Mode Ended. N/A
I030 Sensor Type Changed iCurrentCalGlobalID
I004 Force mA Mode Started Force current. (E.G. 20.0)
I031 Gas Selection Changed iCurrentCalGlobalID
I005 Force mA Mode Ended N/A
I032 Time For Beam Block Fault Changed iBlockFltTime
I006 Short-Term Inhibit Started N/A
I033 Time For Fault Detection Changed iOtherFltTime
I007 Short-Term Inhibit Ended N/A
I034 Level For Low Signal Fault Changed fLowSignalLevel
I008 Long-Term Inhibit Started N/A
I035 Invalid Path Length Written fPathLen
I009 Long-Term Inhibit Ended N/A
I036 Path Length Changed fPathLen
I010 mA Output Recalibrated N/A
I037 mA for Inhibit Changed f_mA_Flt_Step[0]
I011 Bump Test Started N/A
I038 mA for Warning Changed f_mA_Flt_Step[1]
I012 Bump Test Timed Out N/A
I039 mA for Overrange Changed f_mA_Flt_Step[2]
I013 Bump Test Completed Concentration < Al1 Peak concentration observed
I040 mA for Fault Changed f_mA_Flt_Step[3]
Bump Test Completed Peak concentration observed
I014 I041 mA for Low Signal Changed f_mA_Flt_Step[4]
Al1 < Concentration < Al2
I015 Bump Test Completed. Al2 < Concentration Peak concentration observed I042 mA for Blocked Beam Changed f_mA_Flt_Step[5]

I016 Zero Calibration Successful N/A I043 Concentration for mA Full Scale Changed fDisplayRange

I017 Zero Calibration Failed Error code I044 Instrument Id Changed N/A

I018 Calibrate Span Successful 1 of 2 Percent change in span factor from previous I045 Measuring Units Changed iMeasurementUnits

I019 Calibrate Span Successful 2 of 2 Absolute span factor Alarm 1 Reconfigured for Increasing N/A
I046
Concentrations
I020 Calibrate Span Failed Error code
Alarm 1 Reconfigured for Depleting N/A
I021 Calibrate Span Timeout N/A I047
Concentrations
I022 Password Changed 1,2 or 3 (access level) Alarm 2 Reconfigured for Increasing N/A
I048
I023 Performing Soft Reset N/A Concentrations
I024 Alarms Configured Latching N/A Alarm 2 Reconfigured for Depleting N/A
I049
I025 Alarms Configured Non-Latching N/A Concentrations
Alarm Relays Configured Normally N/A I050 Alarm 1 Value Changed fAlarmThres[0]
I026
Energized I051 Alarm 2 Value Changed fAlarmThres[1]
I052 Clock Set N/A

Warnings/Faults 136
XNX Universal Transmitter
Number Description Contents of Data Field

I053 Date Format Changed iDateFormat


I054 Sensor Boots N/A
I055 Unused
I056 Sensor RTC Adjusted Error in seconds or +/-999 if large
I057 Fault Set Latching
I058 Fault Set Non-Latching
I059 LCD Heater On
I060 LCD Heater Off
I061 Personality Power Up Sensor type
I062 Option Power Up Option type
I063 Loaded Same Cell
I064 Loaded Changed Cell
I065 Loaded Changed Gas
I066 Option Type Changed
I067 HART® Address Changed
I068 HART Mode Changed
I069 Excel alignment started
I070 Excel alignment completed

Warnings/Faults 137
XNX Universal Transmitter

Specifications

XNX Universal Transmitter Technical Manual 138


XNX Universal Transmitter
Product Specifications
Electrical Mounting
Integral Mounting Lugs for Wall- or Optional Pipe-Mount, Optional Wall/
EC/mV: 16V to 32V (24V nominal) ** Startup/Normal values ** XNX® Enclosure
Operating Voltage Ceiling Bracket
IR: 18V to 32V (24V nominal) ** Startup/Normal values **
User Interface
Configuration Max Power Inrush
XNX EC 6.2 w <1A, <10ms@24VDC Standard Custom Backlit LCD, magnetic wand operation of local user interface
Power
XNX mV 6.5 w <750mA <2ms@24VDC
Consumption Optional HART Handheld with IS Port
XNX IR (Optima) 9.7w <1A, <10ms@24VDC
XNX IR (Excel) 13.2w <1A, <10ms@24VDC Environmental - Transmitter Operating

Crimp style pluggable with retaining screws, 12-28 AWG (2.5 to 0.5mm2) Enclosure IP
IP66
with Shorting Jumpers: 14-28 AWG (2.0 to 0.5mm2) Rating**
Termination NOTE: Transmitter: -40°C to +65°C (-40°F to +149°F)
To maintain EMC integrity, wiring must be shielded by either an integral
Temperature* MPD**-CB1: -40°C to +65°C (-40°F to +149°F)
shield or run through conduit or pipe. Shield must provide 90% coverage.
MPD**-I**: -20°C to +50°C (-4°F to +122°F)
Standard HART over 3-wire 4-20 mA (sink, source, or isolated)
Humidity 0 to 99% RH non-condensing
Optional Modbus over RS-485
Signal Pressure 80 kPa to 110 kPa
HART over 3-wire 4-20mA (sink, source, or isolated)
20 mA
compliant with NAMUR NE43 Air Speed 0-6 m/sec
Cable Ports 5 – (2 right, 2 left, 1 bottom) Available in ¾” NPT, or M25 *Operating temperatures will be limited by the sensors. See EC Sensor Performance Data, Factory
Recommended Mutual Verified; EC Sensor Performance Data, Dekra Testing and Certification; and Other EC Sensors
See the Distance Considerations for Installation section. for more information.
Cable
Unpowered **IP rating relates to enclosure only. Gas detection performance may be impaired during and immedi-
(Real Time Clock) 3 years at rated storage temperature ately after exposure to deluge.
battery life
Construction Environmental - Transmitter Storage
Material Marine grade aluminum alloy or SS316. 5-coat painted finish. Temperature -40°C to +65°C / -40°F to +149°F
Dimensions 159 x 197 x 113.8 mm / 6.138 x 7.75 x 4.48 inches Humidity 0 to 99% RH non-condensing
2.27 kg (5 lb) Aluminum
Weight
5 kg (11 lb) Stainless

Specifications 139
XNX Universal Transmitter
Hazardous Area Approvals (See Certifications by Part Number Series for other [pending] approvals) Communication Options
XNX-UT**-***** Type: 3 form “C” SPCO contacts for alarm and fault indication.
UL and CSA Listed (see notes below) Rating: 250 VAC, 5A/24 VDC, 5A (2 Alarm, 1 Fault)
Class I, Div. 1 Group A, B, C & D; Class I, Zone 1 Group IIC Relays
UL Listed A remote reset is provided to silence alarms. (The FOUNDATION Fieldbus, relay, and
Class II, Div. 1 Groups F & G, Class II, Zone 20 & 21 Modbus options are mutually exclusive.)
FM Approvals Listed
AEx db IIC T6 Gb -40 ºC ≤Tamb ≤65 ºC Modbus/RTU over RS-485 physical layer. Interface isolated; includes switchable
AEx db [ia] IIC T6 Gb -40 ºC ≤Tamb ≤65 ºC (XNX UT*E-***** & XNX-UT*-*H****) 120 Ohm termination resistor.
XNX-AM**-***** Modbus Baud rates: 1200 to 38,400; 19,200 default.
UL/Demko 09 ATEX 0809943X / UL21UKEX2033X / IECEx UL 09.0010X
II 2 G Ex db IIC T6…T4 Gb (The FOUNDATION Fieldbus, relay, and Modbus options are mutually exclusive.)
II 2 (1) G Ex db [ia IIC Ga] IIC T6…T4 Gb
II 2 (1) D Ex tb [ia IIIC Ga] IIIC T85°C Db
II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db
IP66, -40°C ≤ Tamb ≤+65°C H1 Physical Layer.
XNX-BT**-***** 31.25 kbit/s Manchester encoded signal.
UL Listed FOUNDATION
Class I, Div. 1 Groups A, B, C & D Class I, Zone 1 Groups IIC AMIS-49200 Fieldbus MAU (media access unit).
Fieldbus
Class II, Div. 1 Groups F & G, Class II, Zone 20 & 21 SPC4-2 Fieldbus Controller.
INMETRO DNV 18.0166X
Ex db IIC T6…T4 Gb The FOUNDATION Fieldbus, relay, and Modbus options are mutually exclusive.
Ex db [ia Ga] IIC T6…T4 Gb
Ex tb [ia Da] IIIC T85°C Db
Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db
IP66, -40°C ≤ Tamb ≤ +65°C
FM Approvals Listed
AEx db IIC T6 Gb -40 ºC ≤Tamb ≤65 ºC
AEx db [ia] IIC T6 Gb -40 º≤ Tamb ≤65 ºC (XNX BT*E-***** & XNX-BT*-*H****)
NOTES:
1. The temperature class (T6) is limited to T4 when the MPD sensor is attached locally to the
transmitter.
2. XNX EC cartridges and Remote Mount Kit have been evaluated by Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
to Canadian National Standards.
3. CSA Listing is only to Class I, Division 1 does not include Class II, Div.1 approval
4. Peer to peer and multi-drop network (daisy chained) HART, Modbus®, and FOUNDATION™
Fieldbus configurations have not been evaluated by CSA to the requirements of CSA 22:2 No.
152 for Combustible Gas Detection and may be used only for diagnostics and data collection.
5. Refer to the control drawing 1226E0402 for the detail Explosion-proof specification.

Performance Approvals
See Certifications by Part Number Series for other approvals

Specifications 140
XNX Universal Transmitter
SENSOR DATA
Operating and Storage Conditions for Performance Tested EC Cartridges
Cartridge Operating Pres- Operating Air Warm-up Time Storage Conditions*
Gas
Part Number sure Speed (minimum) Temperature Pressure Humidity Time**
XNXXSO1SS
O2 Oxygen 80 kPa ~ 120 kPa 0 ~ 6 m/sec 60 sec. 0 to 20°C, 32 to 68°F 80 to 120 KPa 5 to 95% RH 6 months
XNXXSO1FM
XNXXSH1SS
H2S Hydrogen Sulfide 80 kPa ~ 120 kPa 0 ~ 6 m/sec 60 sec. 0 to 20°C, 32 to 68°F 70 to 110 KPa 30 to 70% RH 6 months
XNXXSH1FM
H2S (High) Hydrogen Sulfide XNXXSH2SS 80 kPa ~ 120 kPa 0 ~ 6 m/sec 60 sec. 0 to 20°C, 32 to 68°F 70 to 110 KPa 30 to 70% RH 6 months
XNXXSC1SS
CO Carbon Monoxide 80 kPa ~ 120 kPa 0 ~ 6 m/sec 60 sec. 0 to 20°C, 32 to 68°F 70 to 110 KPa 30 to 70% RH 6 months
XNXXSC1FM
*Store in sealed packages **Check cartridge certificates

Specifications 141
XNX Universal Transmitter
Detectable Gases and Performance
Gas detection performance is dependent upon temperature and humidity. The data in this table is based on 68°F (20°C) and 50%
relative humidity. Response times are longer when operating in colder temperatures.
Selectable Full Default Selectable Cal Default Response Time Accuracy (ppm or Drift over Operating Temperature1
Gas Steps
Scale Range Range Gas Range Cal Point (T90) secs % of applied gas) time Min Max
Oxygen 25.0% / Vol only 25.0% Vol n/a 20.9%/Vol(Fixed) 20.9% / Vol 15 +/-0.5% O2 <4% / yr -40°F (-40°C) 131°F (55°C)
Hydrogen Sulfide 10.0 to 50.0 ppm 15.0 ppm 0.1 ppm 10 ppm 30 +/-0.3 or +/-20% <0.5 ppm/yr -40°F (-40°C) 131°F (55°C)
Hydrogen Sulfide 50 to 500 ppm 100 ppm 10 ppm 50 ppm 30 +/-2 or +/-20% <0.5 ppm/yr -4°F (-20°C) 131°F (55°C)
Carbon Monoxide 100 to 1,000 ppm 300 ppm 100 ppm 100 ppm 30 +/-2 or +/-20% <2 ppm/yr -40°F (-40°C) 131°F (55°C)
Sulfur Dioxide 5.0 to 20.0 ppm 15.0 ppm 5.0 ppm 5.0 ppm 40 +/-0.3 or +/-20% <2% / mo -40°F (-40°C) 131°F (55°C)
Ammonia 50 to 200 ppm 200 ppm 50 ppm 100 ppm 180 +/-10 or +/-20% <5% / 6 mo -4°F (-20°C) 122°F (50°C)2
Ammonia 200 to 1,000 ppm 1,000 ppm 50 ppm 300 ppm 180 +/-15 or +/-20% <5% / 6 mo -4°F (-20°C) 104°F (40°C)
Chlorine 5.0 to 20.0 ppm 5.0 ppm 5.0 ppm 2.0 ppm 90 +/-0.3 or +/-20% <2 ppm / yr 14°F (-10°C) 131°F (55°C)
Chlorine Dioxide 1.00 ppm only 1.00 ppm n/a 0.5 ppm 120 +/-30% <5% / yr -4°F (-20°C) 131°F (55°C)
Nitric Oxide 100 ppm only 100 ppm n/a 30 to 70% of se- 50 ppm 50 +/-3 or +/-20% <2% / mo -4°F (-20°C) 131°F (55°C)
Nitrogen Dioxide 5.0 to 50.0 ppm 10 ppm 5.0 ppm lected full scale 5 ppm 60 +/-3 or +/-20% <2% / mo -4°F (-20°C) 131°F (55°C)
range
Hydrogen 1,000 ppm only 1,000 ppm n/a 500 ppm 90 +/-10 or +/-25% <2% / mo -4°F (-20°C) 131°F (55°C)
Hydrogen 9,999 ppm only 9,999 ppm n/a 5000 ppm 90 +/-25 or +/-30% <10% / 6 mo -4°F (-20°C) 131°F (55°C)
Hydrogen Chloride 10.0 to 20.0 ppm 10 ppm 1.0 ppm 5.0 ppm 180 +/-3 or +/-20% <20% / yr -4°F (-20°C) 104°F (40°C)
Hydrogen Fluoride 10.0 to 12.0 ppm 12.0 ppm 0.1 ppm 5.0 ppm 300 +/-30% <20% / yr -4°F (-20°C) 131°F (55°C)
Phosphine 1.2 ppm only 1.2 ppm n/a 0.5 ppm 33 +/-0.03 or +/-20% <10% / yr -4°F (-20°C) 131°F (55°C)
Hydrogen cyanide 30.0 ppm only 30.0 ppm n/a 10.0 ppm <200 <±0.4 ppm <2% / mo -4°F (-20°C) 131°F (55°C)
Fluorine 4 ppm only 4.00 ppm n/a 2.0 ppm <30 <±0.03 ppm <2 ppm / yr -4°F (-20°C) 131°F (55°C)
Ozone 0.400 ppm only 0.400 ppm n/a 0.200 ppm 3 <±0.003 ppm <5% / mo -4°F (-20°C) 131°F (55°C)
<60
EtO 20.0 to 50.0 ppm 25.0 ppm 5.0 ppm 10.0 ppm <1253 <±0.3 ppm < 5% / yr -4°F (-20°C) 131°F (55°C)

en ope atin in a a o s ea app ications t e etecto st not e ope ate o tsi e t e ce tifie te pe at e an e See e tification etai s o an ce tifie te pe at e an es
inte ittent
3 Data from temperature test

Specifications 142
XNX Universal Transmitter
EC Sensor Performance Data, Factory Mutual Verified
(see Certifications by Part Number Series)

Selectable Full Lower Operating Temperature Operating Humidity EC Sensor


Range Lower Lower Selectable Response Response
Cartridge Scale Range (Dis- Default Explosive Zero Default Expected
Gas Incre- Alarm Detection Cal Gas Time T50 Time T90 Accuracy
Part Number play and 4-20mA Range Limit Deviation Cal Point LIfe
ments Limit Limit Range (sec) (sec) Min Max Min Max
Full Scale) (% Vol) (months)

20.9 %Vol
O2 Oxygen XNXXSO1FM n/a 23.0% Vol n/a 5.0%Vol 5% Vol n/a n/a 20.9 %Vol T20 <10 <30 <+/-0.5 %Vol -30°C / -34°F 55°C /131°F 15% RH 90% RH 24
(fixed)
2 ppm or 10% of
H2S Hydrogen Sulfide XNXXSH1FM 10.0 to 50.0 ppm 15.0 ppm 0.1 ppm 5.0 ppm 1.5 ppm n/a -2.5 ppm 30 to 70% 10 ppm <20 <30 reading, whichever -40°C / -40°F 55°C / 131°F 15% RH 90% RH 12
of the is greater
selected full
CO Carbon Monoxide XNXXSC1FM1 100 to 1000 ppm 300 ppm 100 ppm 30 ppm 15 ppm na/ -25 ppm scale range 100 ppm <15 <30 See footnote 1 -40°C / -40°F 55°C / 131°F 15% RH 90% RH TBD

Footnotes:
1. S acc ac o e te pe at e o ea in to o ea in to o ea in to
eca i ation is eco en e i t e te pe at e o t e oca en i on ent as a ie o e t an

Notes:
• e o ance fi es a e eas e test nits ca i ate at o sca e at a ient con itions o it t e eat e o sin attac e
• atin o a t i es is
• Barometric pressure effects on the O2 sensor: The output from the O2 senso as p ess e e ects o c an e o o tp t pe c an e in p ess e en t e a o et ic
pressure changes by ±20% the output from the O2 senso c an es o o e e t eo en senso s o s t ansient e a io en s ecte to a api c an e in
a ient p ess e e to eit e eat e o a tit e o e a p e a a instantaneo s positi e p ess e step c an e a ca se an o e sca e a a con ition o a pe io
of about 12 seconds.
• Operating the EC sensor at extended temperature ranges for a prolonged time period exceeding 12 hours my cause deterioration in the sensor performance and shorten
senso i e ten e te pe at e an e o senso s is to
• Response times may increase at lower temperatures.
• pe o ance e i ication is i ite to t e e i e ents o t e stan a s i enti ie in a e o eac ca t i e
• ontact one e na tics o a itiona ata o etai s

Specifications 143
XNX Universal Transmitter
EC Sensor Performance Data, Dekra Testing and Certification
(see Certifications by Part Number Series)

Selectable Full Lower Default Set Operating Temperature Operating Humidity EC Sensor
Range Lower Alarm Selectable Response T90 Response
Cartridge Scale Range (Dis- Default Detec- Zero Default Expected
Gas Incre- Alarm Cal Gas Time (T50) T10 Recovery Accuracy1
Part Number play and 4-20mA Range tion Variation Cal Point LIfe
ments Limit Lev. 1 Lev. 2 Range (sec) Time (sec) Min Max Min Max
Full Scale) Limit (months)

20.9 %Vol
O2 Oxygen XNXXSO1SS n/a 25.0 %Vol n/a 5.0%Vol 3.5 %Vol n/a 23.5 19.5 20.9 %Vol T20 <10 <30 <+/-0.6 %Vol -30°C / -34°F 55°C /131°F 15% RH 90% RH 24
(fixed)
Hydrogen
H2S XNXXSH1SS 10.0 to 50.0 ppm 15.0 ppm 0.1ppm 3.0 ppm 1.0 ppm 2.0 ppm 5 10 30 to 70% 10 ppm <20 <30 <+/-0.3 ppm -40°C / -40°F 55°C / 131°F 15% RH 90% RH 12
Sulfide
of the
Hydrogen
H2S (High) XNXXSH2SS 50 to 500 ppm 100 ppm 10 ppm 5 ppm 1 ppm 2 ppm 20 50 selected 50 ppm <20 <30 <+/-5 ppm -40°C / -40°F 55°C / 131°F 15% RH 90% RH 12
Sulfide
full scale
Carbon range
CO XNXXSC1SS 100 to 500 ppm 300 ppm 100 ppm 15 ppm 5 ppm 10 ppm 100 200 100 ppm <15 <30 <+/-2 ppm -40°C / -40°F 55°C / 131°F 15% RH 90% RH 24
Monoxide

Footnote:
cc ac o ea in at e a t a concent ation t pica So e ine ini aa e e settin ic e e is eate en ope ate at e a t sca e

Notes:
• Senso i t et een an ne ati e i t a t i its t pcia ne ati e e o a iation appea as on t e isp a an o tp ts o t e e ice
• on te it S SS ea S SS ea S SS an S SS ont
• e o ance fi es a e eas e test nits ca i ate at o sca e at a ient con itions o it t e eat e o sin attac e
• Operating the EC sensor at extended temperature ranges for a prolonged time period exceeding 12 hours may cause deterioration in sensor performance and shorten sensor
ie ten e te pe at e an es o senso ca t i es a e to
• Barometric pressure effects on the O2 sensor: The output from the O2 senso as p ess e e ects o c an e o o tp t pe c an e in p ess e en t e a o et ic
pressure changes by ±20%, the output from the O2 senso c an es o o e e t eo en senso s o s t ansient e a io en s ecte to a api c an e in
a ient p ess e e to eit e eat e o a tit e o e a p e a a instantaneo s positi e p ess e step c an e a ca se an o e sca e a a con ition o a pe io
of about 12 seconds.
• Response times may increase at lower temperatures.
• ontact one e na tics o an a itiona ata o etai s

Specifications 144
XNX Universal Transmitter
Other EC Sensors
Selectable Full Typical Operating Temperature Operating Humidity EC Sensor
Scale Range Range Lower Lower Selectable Default Response Response Accuracy
Cartridge Default Zero Expected
Gas (Display and Incre- Alarm Detection Cal Gas Cal Time T50 Time T90 Accuracy1 @ Lowest
Part Number Range Deviation LIfe
4-20mA Full ments Limit Limit Range Point (sec) (sec) Alarm Min Max Min Max (months)
Scale) Level
<+/-1.0 ppm
or 20% <+/-1.0 @
HCl Hydrogen chloride XNXXSR1SS 10.0 to 20.0 ppm 10.0 ppm 1.0 ppm 2.0 ppm 0.6 ppm -1.0 ppm 5.0 ppm <452, 3 <1502, 3 -20°C/-4°F 40°C/104°F 15% RH 90% RH 12
3 ppm
of applied gas2, 3
<+/-0.3 @
H2S (Low) Hydrogen sulfide XNXXSH3SS n/a 15.0 ppm n/a 3.0 ppm 1.0 ppm -2.5 ppm 10 ppm <20 <40 <+/-0.3 ppm -40°C / -40°F 55°C / 131°F 15% RH 90% RH 12
3 ppm
<+/-0.3 @
SO2 Sulfur dioxide XNXXSS1SS 5.0 to 20.0 ppm 15.0 ppm 5.0 ppm 2.0 ppm 0.6 ppm -1.0 ppm 5.0 ppm <15 <30 <+/-0.3 ppm -40°C / -40°F 55°C / 131°F 15% RH 90% RH 24
2 ppm
SO2 <+/-0.6 @
Sulfur dioxide XNXXSS2SS 20.0 to 50.0 ppm 50.0 ppm 10.0 ppm 5.0 ppm 1.5 ppm -2.5 ppm 25 ppm <15 <30 <+/-0.6 ppm -40°C / -40°F 55°C / 131°F 15% RH 90% RH 24
(High) 5 ppm
<+/-4 @
NH3 Ammonia XNXXSA1SS 50 to 200 ppm 200 ppm 50 ppm 20 ppm 6 ppm -10 ppm 100 ppm <60 <180 <+/-4 ppm -20°C / -4°F 40°C / 104°F 15% RH 90% RH 12
20 ppm
NH3 1,000 <+/-20 @
Ammonia XNXXSA2SS 200 to 1000 ppm 50 ppm 100 ppm 30 ppm -50 ppm 300 ppm <60 <180 <+/-20 ppm -20°C / -4°F 40°C / 104°F 15% RH 90% RH 12
(High) ppm 100 ppm
<+/-0.20 @
Cl 2 Chlorine XNXXSL2SS n/a 5.00 ppm n/a 0.50 ppm 0.15 ppm -0.25 ppm 2.0 ppm <20 <60 <+/-0.2 ppm -10°C / 14°F 55°C / 131°F 15% RH 90% RH 24
2 0.50 ppm
Cl2 <+/-0.2 @
Chlorine XNXXSL1SS 5.0 to 20.0 ppm 5.0 ppm 5.0 ppm 1.0 ppm 0.6 ppm -1.0 ppm 2.0 ppm <20 <30 <+/-0.2 ppm -10°C / 14°F 55°C / 131°F 15% RH 90% RH 24
(High)2 1 ppm
<+/-0.03 @
ClO22 Chlorine dioxide XNXXSX1SS n/a 1.00 ppm n/a 0.10 ppm 0.03 ppm -0.05 ppm 30 to 70% 0.5 ppm <30 <120 <+/-30% -20°C / -4°F 55°C / 131°F 15% RH 90% RH 24
0.1 ppm
of the
Nitrogen selected full <+/-2.0 @
NO XNXXSM1SS n/a 100 ppm n/a 10 ppm 3 ppm -5 ppm 50 ppm <15 <30 <+/-2 ppm -20°C / -4°F 55°C / 131°F 15% RH 90% RH 24
monoxide scale range 10 ppm
<+/-0.2 @
NO2 Nitrogen dioxide XNXXSN1SS 5.0 to 50.0 ppm 10.0 ppm 5.0 ppm 5.0 ppm 1.5 ppm -2.5 ppm 5 ppm <15 <30 <+/-0.2 ppm -20°C / -4°F 55°C / 131°F 15% RH 90% RH 24
5 ppm
1,000 <+/-8 @
H2 Hydrogen XNXXSG1SS n/a n/a 100 ppm 30 ppm -50 ppm 500 ppm <60 <902 <+/-8 ppm -20°C / -4°F 55°C / 131°F 15% RH 90% RH 24
ppm 100 ppm
10,000 <+/-150 @
H2 (High) Hydrogen XNXXSG2SS n/a n/a 1000 ppm 300 ppm -500 ppm 5000 ppm <15 <30 <+/-150 ppm -20°C / -4°F 55°C / 131°F 15% RH 90% RH 24
ppm 1000 ppm
<+/-0.5 @
HF2 Hydrogen fluoride XNXXSF1SS 10.0 to 12.0 ppm 12.0 ppm 0.1 ppm 1.5 ppm 0.4 ppm -0.6 ppm 5.0 ppm 120 <240 <+/-0.5 ppm -20°C / -4°F 55°C / 131°F 20% RH 75% RH 12
1.5 ppm
<+/-0.02 @
PH3 Phosphine XNXXSP1SS n/a 1.20 ppm n/a 0.15 ppm 0.04 ppm -0.06 ppm 0.5ppm <15 <30 <+/- 0.02 ppm -20°C / -4°F 40°C / 104°F 10% RH 90% RH 24
0.15 ppm

HCN Hydrogen cyanide XNXXSY1SS n/a 30.0 ppm n/a 2.4 ppm 1.0 ppm -2.5 ppm 10.0 ppm <35 <200 <±0.4 ppm 0.4 ppm -20°C / -4°F 55°C / 131°F 15% RH 90% RH 24

F2 Fluorine XNXXSU1SS n/a 4.00 ppm n/a 0.50 ppm 0.36 ppm -0.72 ppm 2.0 ppm <5 <30 <±0.03 ppm 0.3 ppm -20°C / -4°F 55°C / 131°F 15% RH 90% RH 18

0.400 0.200
O3 Ozone XNXXSZ1SS n/a n/a 0.048 ppm 0.032 ppm -0.080 ppm <154 <604 <±0.003 ppm 0.003 ppm5 -20°C / -4°F 55°C / 131°F 15% RH 90% RH 18
ppm ppm

EtO Ethylene oxide XNXXSE1SS 20.0 to 50.0 ppm 25.0 ppm 5.0 ppm 3.0 ppm 1.0 ppm -2.5 ppm 10.0 ppm 4 4 <±0.3 ppm 5 -20°C / -4°F 55°C / 131°F 15% RH 90% RH 24
<40 <125 0.3 ppm

See footnotes and notes on the following page.

Specifications 145
XNX Universal Transmitter

Footnotes (see table on previous page):


cc ac o ea in at e a t a concent ation t pica S o e ine ini aa e e settin ic e e eate en ope ate at e a t sca e
S ste con itionin a e e i e to ac ie e state es ts ontact one e na tics o etai s
eas e sin ca i ation o o sin at ca i ation o ate in it as
4. Data from temperature test.
ata o o inea it test

Notes (see table on previous page):


• ata ta en at a ient con itions o
• Data represents typical values of freshly calibrated sensors without optional accessories attached.
• e o ance fi es a e eas e test nits ca i ate at o sca e
• Standard te pe at e an e o Senso s is to
• Extended te pe at e an es o t e Senso s a e to
• ten e ope atin con itions o S senso s S SS S SS an S SS a e an o to is con ition is not co e e t e pe o ance
approvals for this product.
• cc ac et een t e te pe at es o an is at t e app ie as concent ation
• Operating the EC Sensors at extended temperature ranges for a prolonged time period exceeding 12 hours may cause deterioration in sensor performance and shorter sensor life.
• Barometric pressure effects on the O2 sensor: The output from the O2 senso as p ess e e ects o c an e o o tp t pe c an e in p ess e en t e a o et ic
pressure changes by ±20% the output from the O2 senso c an es o o e e t eo en senso s o s t ansient e a io en s ecte to a api c an e in
a ient p ess e e to eit e eat e o a tit e o e a p e a a instantaneo s positi e p ess e step c an e a ca se an o e sca e a a con ition o a pe io
of about 12 seconds.
• eca i ation is eco en e i t e te pe at e o oca en i on ent as a ie o e t an o t e te pe at e o ca i ation
• Response times may increase at lower temperatures.
• e sto a e ti e o S senso s S SS S SS an S SS can e e ten e to ont s en e n e en i on enta con itions o to
an to is con ition is not co e e t e pe o ance app o a s o t is p o ct
• ontact one e na tics o an a itiona ata o etai s

Specifications 146
XNX Universal Transmitter
EC Sensor Cross-sensitivity
Gas type Part Number Gas Type Applied Concentration Unit Reading Unit
XNXXS01SS %vol (change O2
O2 Carbon Dioxide 5 %vol 0.1
XNXXSO1FM reading) per %vol CO2
Carbon monoxide 2000 0
Hydrogen 20000 0
Chlorine 5 5.6
Nitrogen dioxide 5 0.9
Propan-2-ol 500 0
Methanol 500 0
HCl XNXXSR1SS ppm ppm HCl
Hydrogen fluoride 5 6.7
Hydrogen suflfide 25 -3.6
Sulphur dioxide 50 22.4
Arsine 1 0
Phosphine 1 -0.14
Diborane 1 -1.3
Ammonia 50 0 ppm H2S
Carbon Monoxide 100 <2 ppm H2S
Carbon Dioxide 5000 0 ppm H2S
Chlorine 0.5 0 ppm H2S
H2S Ethylene 100 0 ppm H2S
XNXXSH3SS ppm
(Low Range) Hydrogen 100 0 ppm H2S
Hydrogen Sulfide 10 10 ppm H2S
Nitrogen Monoxide 25 0 ppm H2S
Nitrogen Dioxide 3 0 ppm H2S
Sulfur Dioxide 2 0 ppm H2S

Specifications 147
XNX Universal Transmitter
Gas type Part Number Gas Type Applied Concentration Unit Reading Unit
Ammonia 50 0 ppm H2S
Carbon Monoxide 100 <2 ppm H2S
Carbon Dioxide 5000 0 ppm H2S
Chlorine 0.5 0 ppm H2S
XNXXSH1SS Ethylene 100 0 ppm H2S
H2S ppm
XNXXSH1FM Hydrogen 100 0 ppm H2S
Hydrogen Sulfide 10 10 ppm H2S
Nitrogen Monoxide 25 0 ppm H2S
Nitrogen Dioxide 3 0 ppm H2S
Sulfur Dioxide 2 0 ppm H2S
Ammonia 50 0 ppm H2S
Carbon Monoxide 100 <2 ppm H2S
Carbon Dioxide 5000 0 ppm H2S
Chlorine 0.5 0 ppm H2S
H2S Ethylene 100 0 ppm H2S
XNXXSH2SS ppm
(High Range) Hydrogen 100 0 ppm H2S
Hydrogen Sulfide 10 10 ppm H2S
Nitrogen Monoxide 25 0 ppm H2S
Nitrogen Dioxide 3 0 ppm H2S
Sulfur Dioxide 2 0 ppm H2S

Specifications 148
XNX Universal Transmitter
Gas type Part Number Gas Type Applied Concentration Unit Reading Unit
Acetone 1000 0 ppm CO
Acetylene 40 80 ppm CO
Ammonia 100 0 ppm CO
Carbon Monoxide 100 100 ppm CO
Chlorine 2 0 ppm CO
Ethanol 2000 3 ppm CO
XNXXSC1SS
CO Ethylene 100 ppm 85 ppm CO
XNXXSC1FM
Hydrogen 100 20 ppm CO
Hydrogen Sulfide 25 0 ppm CO
Iso-Propanol 200 0 ppm CO
Nitrogen Monoxide 50 8 ppm CO
Nitrogen Dioxide 800 20 ppm CO
Sulfur Dioxide 50 0.5 ppm CO
Carbon Monoxide 300 <3 ppm SO2
Hydrogen Sulfide 15 0 ppm SO2
SO2 XNXXSS1SS
Nitrogen Monoxide 35 ppm 0 ppm SO2
Nitrogen Dioxide 5 ~-5 ppm SO2
Carbon Monoxide 300 <3 ppm SO2
Hydrogen Sulfide 15 0 ppm SO2
SO2 XNXXSS2SS ppm
Nitrogen Monoxide 35 0 ppm SO2
Nitrogen Dioxide 5 ~-5 ppm SO2
Alcohols 1000 0 ppm NH3
Carbon Dioxide 5000 ppm 0 ppm NH3
Carbon Monoxide 100 0 ppm NH3
NH3 XNXXSA1SS
Hydrocarbons % range 0 ppm NH3
Hydrogen 10000 0 ppm NH3
ppm
Hydrogen Sulfide 20 2 ppm NH3

Specifications 149
XNX Universal Transmitter
Gas type Part Number Gas Type Applied Concentration Unit Reading Unit
Alcohols 1000 0 ppm NH3
Carbon Monoxide 100 0 ppm NH3
Chlorine 5 0 ppm NH3
NH3
XNXXSA2SS Nitrogen Dioxide 10 ppm 0 ppm NH3
(High Range)
Sulfur Dioxide 20 -40 ppm NH3
Hydrogen 3000 0 ppm NH3
Hydrogen Sulfide 20 20 ppm NH3
Carbon Dioxide 20000 0 ppm Cl2
Hydrogen Chloride 9 1.25 ppm Cl2
Cl2 XNXXSL2SS Hydrogen Sulfide 25 ppm -16.3 ppm Cl2
Nitrogen Dioxide 50 1.25 (transient) ppm Cl2
Sulfur Dioxide 50 9.1 ppm Cl2
Carbon Dioxide 20000 0 ppm Cl2
Hydrogen Chloride 9 1.25 ppm Cl2
Cl2
XNXXSL1SS Hydrogen Sulfide 25 ppm -16.3 ppm Cl2
(High Range)
Nitrogen Dioxide 50 1.25 (transient) ppm Cl2
Sulfur Dioxide 50 9.1 ppm Cl2
ClO2 XNXXSX1SS Refer To Cl2 Refer to Cl2 Refer to Cl2 Refer to Cl2 Refer to Cl2
Carbon Monoxide 300 0 ppm NO
Sulfur Dioxide 5 0 ppm NO
NO XNXXSM1SS ppm
Nitrogen Dioxide 5 <1.5 ppm NO
Hydrogen Sulfide 15 ~1.5 ppm NO
Carbon Monoxide 300 0 ppm NO2
Hydrogen Sulfide 15 ~ -1.2 ppm NO2
NO2 XNXXSN1SS Sulfur Dioxide 5 ppm 0 ppm NO2
Nitrogen Monoxide 35 0 ppm NO2
Chlorine 1 ~1 ppm NO2

Specifications 150
XNX Universal Transmitter
Gas type Part Number Gas Type Applied Concentration Unit Reading Unit
Carbon Monoxide 300 < 60 ppm H2
Hydrogen Sulfide 15 <3 ppm H2
Sulfur Dioxide 5 0 ppm H2
Nitrogen Monoxide 35 »10 ppm H2
H2 XNXXSG1SS Nitrogen Dioxide 5 ppm 0 ppm H2
Chlorine 1 0 ppm H2
Hydrogen Cyanide 10 »3 ppm H2
Hydrogen Chloride 5 0 ppm H2
Ethylene 100 »80 ppm H2
Ammonia 100 ppm 0 ppm H2
Arsine 0.2 ppm 0 ppm H2
Carbon Dioxide 1000 ppm 0 ppm H2
Carbon Monoxide 100 ppm 150 ppm H2
Chlorine 1 ppm 0 ppm H2
Ethylene 500 ppm yes; n/d ppm H2
H2 (High Range) XNXXSG2SS Hydrogen Cyanide 20 ppm 0 ppm H2
Hydrogen Sulfide 20 ppm 4 ppm H2
Iso-Propanol 1100 ppm yes; n/d ppm H2
Methane 1 % 0 ppm H2
Nitrogen Dioxide 10 ppm -40 ppm H2
Ozone 0.25 ppm 0 ppm H2
Sulfur Dioxide 5 ppm 0 ppm H2

Specifications 151
XNX Universal Transmitter
Gas type Part Number Gas Type Applied Concentration Unit Reading Unit
Carbon Monoxide 2000 ppm 0 ppm HF
Hydrogen 20000 ppm 0 ppm HF
Chlorine 5 ppm 5.8 ppm HF
Nitrogen Dioxide 5 ppm 0.65 ppm HF
Iso-Propanol 500 ppm 0 ppm HF
Methanol 500 ppm 0 ppm HF
HF XNXXSF1SS
Hydrogen Fluoride 5 ppm 5 ppm HF
Hydrogen Sulfide 25 ppm -3.6 ppm HF
Sulfur Dioxide 50 ppm 28.3 ppm HF
Arsine 1 ppm 0 ppm HF
Phosphine 1 ppm -0.14 ppm HF
Diborane 1 ppm -1.3 ppm HF
Carbon Monoxide 2000 ppm <10 ppm PH3
Hydrogen 5000 ppm <10 ppm PH3
Chlorine 1 ppm -70 ppm PH3
Nitrogen Dioxide 8 ppm -860 ppm PH3
Ethanol 2000 ppm <10 ppm PH3
Iso-Propanol 1000 ppm <10 ppm PH3
Hydrogen Chloride 10 ppm <10 ppm PH3
PH3 XNXXSP1SS Hydrogen Fluoride 10 ppm <10 ppm PH3
Hydrogen Sulfide 0.5 ppm 70 ppm PH3
Ammonia 100 ppm 1050 (transient) ppm PH3
Sulfur Dioxide 50 ppm 550 (transient) ppm PH3
Silane 1 ppm 364 ppm PH3
Arsine 1 ppm 680 ppm PH3
Diborane 1 ppm 454 ppm PH3
Germane 1 ppm 454 ppm PH3

Specifications 152
XNX Universal Transmitter
Gas Type Part Number Gas Type Applied Concentration Unit Reading Unit
Carbon Monoxide 300 ppm <15 ppm HCN
Hydrogen Sulfide 15 ppm ~90 ppm HCN
HCN XNXXSY1SS Sulphur Dioxide 20 ppm 40 < x$ < 75 ppm HCN
Nitric Oxide 35 ppm -28 < x$ < 0 ppm HCN
Nitrogen Dioxide 5 ppm -20 < x$ < -10 ppm HCN
Ethylene 100 ppm <25 ppm HCN
Carbon Dioxide 20000 ppm 0 ppm F2
Hydrogen Chloride 9 ppm 1.25 ppm F 2
F2 X NXXSU1SS Hydrogen Sulfide 25 ppm -16.3 ppm F 2
Nitrogen Dioxide 50 ppm 1.25 (transient) ppm F 2
Sulphur Dioxide 50 ppm 9.1 ppm F 2
Ethanol - - ~55 % of EtO
Toluene - - ~20 % of EtO
EtO XNXXSE1SS
Methyl-ethyl-ketone - - ~10 % of EtO
Carbon Monoxide - - ~40 % of EtO
Bromine, Iodine - - yes; n/d ppm O3
Carbon Dioxide 5000 ppm 0 ppm O 3
Carbon Monoxide 100 ppm 0 ppm O 3
Chlorine 1 ppm 1.2 ppm O 3
Chlorine Dioxide 1 ppm 1.5 ppm O 3
O3 X NXXSZ1SS
Hydrazine 3 ppm -3 ppm O 3
Hydrogen 3000 ppm 0 ppm O 3
Hydrogen Sulfide 20 ppm -1.6 1)
ppm O3

Nitrogen 100 % 0 ppm O 3


Nitrogen Dioxide 10 ppm 6 ppm O 3

Specifications 153
XNX Universal Transmitter
Notes
• e fi es o c oss sensiti it a e t pica a es an a t not to e se as a asis o c oss ca i ation
• o not sca e c oss sensiti ities t e a not e inea
• For some c oss inte e ents ea t o a occ i as is app ie a on e ti e pe io
• e ea e an ases an apo s t at can poison e ect oc e ica ce s t is i fic t to i e a co p ete an e c si e ist o a species
ic i a e an e ect on t e senso s o e e t ese a e so e co on s stances ic st e a oi e
• i o ne eases ese a oc as access into t e senso s an t e e o e e ce sensiti it
• Si icone co po n s ese a e o ten o n in sp a s ae oso s icants po is es a esi es sea ants e a st ip c eanin a ents
an oo a es ese co po n s ten to e ce t e sensiti it o t e senso s an ene a i a e a pe anent e ect
• Solvents and o anic apo s an o anic apo s i a a e t e senso s So e co on ones a e to ene ene ot e
en ene e i ati es pet o an iese t is i fic t to i e a ist o o anic apo s as t e e a e so an o t e ene a an
organic vapor must be avoided.

Specifications 154
XNX Universal Transmitter
MPD Sensor Performance Data
Typical Typical Operating Temperature
Accuracy Selectable Drift
Sensor Response Response Maximum Operating Operating Operating
Gas (% of full scale or Cal Gas Over
Type Time Time Range Humidity Min Max Pressure Air Speed
% of applied gas) Range Time
(T50) sec (T90) sec
Carbon 80kPa ~
MPD-IC1 <30 <70 5.00 %Vol ±5%FS or ±15% 30 to 70% < 3%/yr -20°C / -4°F +50°C / 122°F 0 ~ 6m/sec
Dioxide 110kPa
of the
80kPa ~
MPD-IV1 Methane <15 <30 5.00 %Vol ±5%FS or ±15% selected < 3%/yr -20°C / -4°F +50°C / 122°F 0 ~ 6m/sec
110kPa
full scale
range 80kPa ~
MPD-IF1 Propane <30 <45 100 %LEL ±5%FS or ±15% < 3%/yr -20°C / -4°F +50°C / 122°F 0 ~ 6m/sec
0-95% 110kPa
Propane ≤10 ≤34 RH non-
Methane ≤8 ≤46 25 to 95% condensing
Hydrogen ≤10 ≤77 of the
MPDAM- -40°C / 80kPa ~
100 %LEL ±5%FS or ±15% selected < 3%/yr +65°C / 149°F 0 ~ 6m/sec
CB1 -40°F 110kPa
Butane-2 ≤22 ≤65 full scale
range
Nonane ≤41 ≤201

Notes
• Response times may vary depending upon molecular weight, size, and • e o ance fi es a e eas e test nits ca i ate at o
structure. full scale.
• S app o e o en senso s a e an S • Use of the weatherproof cap will increase response times.
• e a estin an e tification app o e senso s a e • pe o ance app o a ase on it S
Sensepoint an Sensepoint
• ata ta en at ontact one e na tics o a itiona ata • Sensitivities may change due to aging or poisoning of the sensor.
or details. • e e to pe atin an a o fi es e atin to sensiti ities to
• Response times may increase at lower temperatures. other gases.
• Data represents typical values without optional accessories attached. • a p ti e o is in
• S ste con itionin a e e i e to ac ie e state es ts ontact • Quoted response time data was performed in diffusion mode.
one e na tics o etai s • as een teste it t e ases state in t e ta e a o e
• e o ance fi es a e a i it test ases et een i ities Senso e o ance ata t i espon to ot e ases ontact
et een an one e na tics o in o ation on sensiti ities to ot e ases
• e o ance fi es a e eas e sin a sa p e i it o
• e o ance fi es a e eas e et een an o sca e

Specifications 155
XNX Universal Transmitter
EN60079-29-1 Performance Approved Gases for mV Sensor Types
EN60079-29-1 Verified Gas Selections
Sensor Type
Reference Hydrogen Methane-2 Propane-2 Butane-2 Star 2 Star 4 FLM
Standard Test Gas l l
MPD AMCB1
Other Gases l l n-nonane
Standard Test Gas l l
Sensepoint-HT
Other Gases l l n-nonane
Methane, Ethylene,
Sensepoint-PPM (10%L) 10% LEL
i-Butylene
Max Zero Deviation (see note 1) -7% LEL -9% LEL -7% LEL
LDL (see note 2) 3% LEL 5% LEL 3% LEL

Notes
1. en t e ea an is ena e ea in s a e not isp a e o in icate on t e o tp t a es e cee in t e e o e iation i it i es t in a ts
2. ea in s a e s o n as on t e isp a an o tp t
3. Sensitivities may change due to aging or poisoning of the sensor.
4. Sensepoint as eas in an e et ane et ene n tane an i t ene

Other Sensor Performance Data


e o ance ata o ot e s ppo te senso s is a ai a e in t ei especti e tec nica an a s

Specifications 156
XNX Universal Transmitter
Certifications by Part Number Series
ontact one e na tics o in o ation a o t ®
Universal Transmitter approvals not shown in this section.
XNX Certifications XNX-UT Series
XNX
XNX T r a n s m i t t e r EC
T r a n s m itte r IR XNX T r a n s m i t t e r m V P e r s o n a l i t y
P e r s o n a lity
P e r s o n a lity O p tio n s
XNX- UT S I - * * * * * XNX- UT S E- * * * * * /
XNX- UT S V- * * * * * / XNX- UT A V- * * * * *
XNX- UT A I - * * * * * XNX- UT A E- * * * * *

S C a r tr id g e

2
C a r tr id g e
C a r tr d ig e

, H 2
XNX P a r t Nu m b e r S e r i e s

20 m A I n p u t

S O 2, NH 3, C l 2, C l O 2, NO , NO

F ie ld b u s
M e th a n e )
M P D- UT C B 1 ( C a t B e a d )
W i t h S e a r c h l i n e Ex c e l

2
F la m )

C O
w ith S e n s e p o in t P P M
) 2

P P M , H C L, H F , P H 3
w ith S e n s e p o in t H T
C O

W i t h XNXXS O 1F M
W ith O p tim a P lu s

W i t h XNXXS H 1F M

W i t h XNXXS C 1F M
w ith S e n s e p o in t

, Et O

F O UNDA T I O N™
M P D- UT I C 1 ( I R
M P D- UT I V1 ( I R

M P D- UT I F 1 ( I R

®
W ith G e n e r ic

Lo c a l H A R T
H C N, F 2, O

®
w i t h 7 05

M o d b u s

R e la y s
U L 12 03 T T T T T T T T N /A N /A N /A T T T T T T T T T
U L L i st e d
U L 913 -7 t h E d i t i o n N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A T T T T T N /A N /A T N /A
F o r H a za r d o u s L o ca tio n s
I S A 6007 9-2 9-1 N /A T N /A T N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A
C AN / C S A C 2 2 . 2 N o . 3 0 M -1986 T T T T N /A N /A T T N /A N /A N /A T T T T T T T T N /A

H a za r d o u s L o c a tio n C AN / C S A C 2 2 . 2 N o . 157 -92


C S A ( Ap p l i e s t o L o ca l H AR T Op t i o n a n d / o r N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A T T T T T N /A N /A T N /A
E C Ad a p t o r )s
P e r f o r m a n ce C S A C 2 2 . 2 N o . 152 N /A T N /A T N /A N /A N /A T N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A T T T T
US Toxic Performance S t a n d a r d r e f e r e n ce d i n n o t e s 1, 2 , 3 N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A 3 N /A N /A N /A N /A 1 2 3 N /A N /A T T T T
F M 63 10 / 63 2 0 N /A T N /A T N /A N /A N /A T N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A T T T T
F M L i st e d F l a m m a b l e P e r f o r m a n ce
F M 63 2 5 N /A N /A T N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A T T T T
Toxic Gas Detector F M 63 40 N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A T N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A T T T T
T = 3/4 NPT threaded Transmitters & Adapters 1. ANSI/ISA 92.04.01, Part 1 2007
N/A = Not Applicable 2. ISA 92.0.01, Part 3 1998
3. FM 6340

Specifications 157
XNX Universal Transmitter
Notes
Specia notes o S app o a
• is app o a co e s in co ination it Sea c point pti a s an cata tic senso s on
• is app o a a o s i ect fit ent o t e Sea c point pti a so cata tic senso s to t e it a oa o ini esistance is app o a
oes not co e t e e ote o ntin o t e senso o t e
• s a e insta e s c t at t e senso aces o n a s en sin t e Sea c point pti a s senso t is st e o nte so t at t e senso is
horizontal.
• o t e S assess ent on t e to o tp t is consi e e as t e sa et nction one o t e ot e o tp ts o t e a e consi e e as t e
safety function during this assessment.
• o t e co p iance to t is app o a t e a sta e a a set point s a not e cee an t e i est a a s a e confi e as a atc in a a

Specifications 158
XNX Universal Transmitter
XNX Certifications by XNX-AM Series
XNX T r a n s m i t t e r
XNX T r a n s m i t t e r m V P e r s o n a l i t y XNX T r a n s m i t t e r EC P e r s o n a lity
IR P e r s o n a lity
O p tio n s
XNX- A M S I - * * * * *
XNX- A M S V- * * * * * / XNX- A M A V- * * * * * XNX- A M S E- * * * * * / XNX- A M A E- * * * * *
XNX- A M A I - * * * * *

3
H 2 P P M H C L, H C N, H F , O 3, P H
S O 2, NH 3, C l 2, C l O 2, NO , NO 2,
20 m A I n p u t

M e th a n e )
XNX P a r t Nu m b e r S e r i e s

M P D- A M C B 1 ( C a t B e a d )

S H ig h C a r tr id g e
C a r tr id g e

S M e d C a r tr id g e

F O UNDA T I O N F i e l d b u s
W ith O x y g e n C a r tr d ig e
W i t h S e a r c h l i n e Ex c e l

F la m )

W ith S e n s e p o in t P P M
) 2

W ith S e n s e p o in t H T
C O

C a r tr id g e
W ith O p tim a P lu s

W ith S e n s e p o in t

, Et O
M P D- A M I C 1 ( I R
M P D- A M I V1 ( I R

M P D- A M I F 1 ( I R

S Lo w
W ith G e n e r ic

3
W i t h 7 05 H T

Lo c a l H A R T
H C N, F 2, O
2

M o d b u s
W ith C O

R e la y s
W ith H

W ith H

W ith H
E M C D i r e ct i ve 2 014/ 3 0/ E U M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
E l e ct r o m a g n e tic &
E N 502 7 0: 2 015 B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
S a fe t y;
C E M a rk AT E X D i r e ct i ve 2 014/ 3 4/ E U M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
E M C C o m p l i a n ce U KE X R e g u l a t i o n 2 016
M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
N o . 1107
E N IE C 6007 9-0: 2 018 M M M M M M M N /A M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
E N 6007 9-1: 2 014 M M M M M M M N /A M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
H a za r d o u s L o ca tio n E N 6007 9-11: 2 012 N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A M M M M M M M N /A N /A M N /A
--- IE C 6007 9-3 1 2 n d E d M M M M M M M N /A N /A N /A M M M M M M M M M M M M

AT E X/ D E M KO IE C 6007 9-0 7 t h E d M M M M M M M N /A M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
UKEX/IECEx IE C 6007 9-1 6t h E d M M M M M M M N /A M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
E N 6007 9-11: 2 012 N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A M M M M M M M N /A N /A M M
E N 6007 9-3 1: 2 014 M M M M M M M N /A N /A N /A M M M M M M M M M M M M
ot an
t ea e ans itte s apte s
M1 en se it S in a one ocation
ot pp ica e

Specifications 159
XNX Universal Transmitter
XNX Certifications XNX-AM Series
XNX T r a n s m i t t e r
XNX T r a n s m i t t e r m V P e r s o n a l i t y XNX T r a n s m i t t e r EC P e r s o n a lity
IR P e r s o n a lity
O p tio n s
XNX- A M S I - * * * * *
XNX- A M S V- * * * * * / XNX- A M A V- * * * * * XNX- A M S E- * * * * * / XNX- A M A E- * * * * *
XNX- A M A I - * * * * *

3
P P M H C L, H C N, H F , O 3, P H
, NH 3, C l 2, C l O 2, NO , NO 2,
20 m A I n p u t
XNX P a r t Nu m b e r S e r i e s

M e th a n e )
M P D- A M C B 1 ( C a t B e a d ) *

F O UNDA T I O N F i e l d b u s
W i t h S e a r c h l i n e Ex c e l

2
F la m )

S 2

S 2
W ith S e n s e p o in t P P M

W ith S e n s e p o in t H T *

W i t h XNXXS C 1S S C O
) 2

W i t h XNXXS O 1S S O

W i t h XNXXS H 1S S H

W i t h XNXXS H 2S S H
C O
W ith O p tim a P lu s

W ith S e n s e p o in t

, Et O
M P D- A M I C 1 ( I R
M P D- A M I V1 ( I R

M P D- A M I F 1 ( I R
W ith G e n e r ic

3
W i t h 7 05 H T

Lo c a l H A R T
H C N, F 2, O
C a r tr d ig e

C a r tr id g e

C a r tr id g e

C a r tr id g e

M o d b u s

R e la y s
2

2
S O
H
P e r f o r m a n ce * D T C E N 6007 9-2 9-1: 2 016* * * N /A M N /A M N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A M M N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A M M N /A
BV S 10 AT E X/ U KE X
G001X E N 45544-1: 2 015, E N 45544-3 : 2 015 N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A M M M N /A N /A N /A M M N /A
PFG 10 G 002X E N 50104: 2 010* * N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A M N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A M M N /A
+ su p p le m e n ts E N 502 7 1: 2 018 N /A M N /A M N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A M M M M M M N /A N /A N /A M M N /A
I E C 61508* * * * B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B N /A N /A N /A N /A
T Ü V R h in e la n d
E N 50402 * * * * B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B N /A N /A N /A N /A
e a s es tin o t ans ission e o s et een senso an t ans itte e ten esponse ti es o e t an one t i e pe io nti a t in ication is secon s
t ea e ans itte s apte s
ot an t ans itte s
ot pp ica e
este co ponents an e in point to point o e ca i ation as eat e p oo cap not se o ca i ation
este app ications o en eficienc an o en en ic ent
*** Tested gases:
it at ea pi a ases et ane an p opane t e ases o en S no n tane S o an n nonane S no
it Sensepoint pi a ases et ane an p opane t e ases o en S no n tane S no an n nonane S no
it Sensepoint pi a ases et ane an et ene t e ases n tane S no an i t ene S no
it pti a s a a e ases iste in t e t pe e a ination ce tificate o pti a s
e e to t ans itte sa et an a o etai in o ation a o t nctiona sa et

Specifications 160
XNX Universal Transmitter
XNX Certifications - MPD-BT**.***** Part Number Series
XNX T r a n s m i t t e r XNX T r a n s m i t t e r EC
XNX T r a n s m i t t e r m V P e r s o n a l i t y
IR P e r s o n a lity P e r s o n a lity
O p tio n s
XNX- B T S I - * * * * * XNX- B T S V- * * * * * XNX- B T S E- * * * * *
XNX- B T A I - * * * * * XNX- B T A V- * * * * * XNX- B T A E- * * * * *

2
S C a r tr id g e

C a r tr id g e

, H
C a r tr d ig e

3
XNX P a r t Nu m b e r S e r i e s

S O 2, NH 3, C L2, C l O 2, NO , NO
P P M H C L, H C N, H F , O 3, P H
W i t h G e n e r i c 20 m A I n p u t

M e th a n e )
M P D- B T C B 1 ( C a t B e a d )

F O UNDA T I O N F i e l d B u s
W i t h S e a r c h l i n e Ex c e l

2
C O 2)
F la m )

C O
O

H
W i t h XNXXS O 1F M
W ith O p tim a P lu s

W i t h XNXXS H 1F M

W i t h XNXXS C 1F M

, Et O
M P D- B T I C 1 ( I R
M P D- B T I V1 ( I R

M P D- B T I F 1 ( I R

Lo c a l H A R T
w i t h 7 05 H T

H C N, F 2, O

M o d b u s

R e la y s
U L 12 03 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
U L L i st e d
U L 913 -7 t h E d i t i o n Ap p l i e s t o L o ca l H AR T Op t i o n ) N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A T T T T T N /A N /A T N /A
ABN T N BR IE C 6007 9-0: 2 013 B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B

IN M E T R O ABN T N BR IE C 6007 9-1: 2 016 B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B


T Ü V R h e in la n d ABN T N BR IE C 6007 9-11: 2 013 N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A B B B B B N /A N /A B N /A
ABN T N BR IE C 6007 9-3 1: 2 014 B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
S t a n d a r d r e f e r e n ce d i n n o t e s 1, 2 , 3 N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A 3 N /A 1 2 3 N /A N /A T T T T
F M 63 10 / 63 2 0 N /A T N /A T N /A N /A N /A T N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A T T T T
F M L i st e d
F M 63 2 5 N /A N /A T N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A T T T T
F M 63 40 N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A T N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A T T T T

T = 3/4 NPT threaded Transmitters & Adapters 1. ANSI/ISA 92.04.01, Part 1 2007
N/A = Not Applicable 2. ISA 92.0.01, Part 3 1998
B = Both 3/4” NPT and M25” 3. FM 6340

Specifications 161
XNX Universal Transmitter
Certification Labels

Class I, Div. 1 Groups B, C, D

Figure 229. XNX-UT**-***** configuration

Specifications 162
XNX Universal Transmitter

UL21UKEX2033X

19-KA4BO-0168X
DNV 18.0166X

1180
0598

14 01/04/21 Added UKCA marking / ECN-00003063 KS


13 07/08/19 Add Korean Ex marking RA Chris Kim
12 02/18/19 Change QAR/QAN agency number (1180 to 0598) RA Chris Kim
11 03/05/18 Addition of Korean manufacturing location

engraved with a “K” when manufactured in Korea

REV 14

Figure 230. XNX-AM**-***** configuration

Specifications 163
XNX Universal Transmitter
Product Identification
The part numbering system encodes all possible XNX configurations. The first four digits describe the enclosure and the sensor.
The last five describe the options (the three-digit sensor and range field is reserved for millivolt units). Agency approvals of MPD
sensors vary depending on sensor type and part number. Verify that the approvals of both the transmitter and the MPD sensor
meet the requirements of the installation.

XNX - -

Agency approval Enclosure Sensor Interface Local Sensor


and thread type material personality options HART and range

AM = ATEX/IEC M25 E = Electromechanical N = None


UT = UL/CSA 3/4” NPT I = Infrared H = Local HART
BT = INMETRO 3/4” NPT V = Millivolt
or M25
A = Aluminum N = None NNN = None
1
S = Painted Stainless Steel R = Relay CB1 = MPD-AM (Catalytic Bead %LEL)
M = Modbus IF1 = MPD-AMIF1 (IR %LEL Flammable)1
F = Foundation Fieldbus IV1 = MPD-AMIV1 (IR CH4 0-5% Vol)1
1
IC1 = MPD-AMIC1 (IR CO2 0-5% Vol)

n icates a enc app o a an po t t ea specification

Specifications 164
XNX Universal Transmitter
EC Replacement Sensors
XNX Cartridge Maximum Selectable Default Cal Gas Cal Gas
Target Gas Increment Cal Gas Range
ID Part Number Range Range Range Part Number Description
XNXXS01SS 25.0 %Vol 25.0 %Vol
1 O2 Oxygen N/A N/A 20.9 %Vol N/A N/A
XNXXSO1FM 23.0% Vol 23.0% Vol
2 H 2S Hydrogen Sulfide (Low Range) XNXXSH3SS 15.0 ppm N/A N/A 15.0 ppm 5.0 to 10.0 ppm GFV263 10 ppm H2S
XNXXSH1SS
3 H2S Hydrogen Sulfide 50.0 ppm 10.0 to 50.0 ppm 0.1 ppm 15.0 ppm 3 to 35 ppm GFV258 25 ppm H2S
XNXXSH1FM
4 H2S Hydrogen Sulfide (High Range) XNXXSH2SS 500 ppm 50 to 500 ppm 10 ppm 100 ppm 15 to 350 ppm GFV421 50 ppm H2S
XNXXSC1SS 100 to 500 ppm
5 CO Carbon Monoxide 1,000 ppm 100 ppm 300 ppm 30 to 200 ppm GFV295 100 ppm CO
XNXXSC1FM 100 to 1,000 ppm
6 SO2 Sulfur Dioxide XNXXSS1SS 20.0 ppm 5.0 to 20.0 ppm 5.0 ppm 15.0 ppm 2 to 14 ppm Contact HA 7.5 ppm SO2
7 SO2 Sulfur Dioxide (High Range) XNXXSS2SS 50.0 ppm 20.0 to 50.0 ppm 10 ppm 50.0 ppm 6 to 35 ppm GFV441 25 ppm SO2
8 NH3 Ammonia XNXXSA1SS 200 ppm 50 to 200 ppm 50 ppm 200 ppm 150 to 140 ppm Contact HA 100 ppm NH3
9 NH3 Ammonia (High Range) XNXXSA2SS 1000 ppm 200 to 1,000 ppm 50 ppm 1,000 ppm 60 to 700 ppm Contact HA 300 ppm NH3
10 Cl2 Chlorine XNXXSL2SS 5.00 ppm N/A N/A 5.00 ppm 2 to 3 ppm GFV251 2 ppm Cl2
11 Cl2 Chlorine (High Range) XNXXSL1SS 20.0 ppm 5.0 to 20.0 ppm 5.0 ppm 5.0 ppm 2 to 14 ppm GFV251 2 ppm Cl2
12 ClO2 Chlorine Dioxide XNXXSX1SS 1.00 ppm N/A N/A 1.00 ppm 0.3 to 0.7 ppm Gas Generator 0.5 ppm
13 NO Nitrogen Monoxide XNXXSM1SS 100 ppm N/A N/A 100 ppm 30 to 70 ppm GFV216 50 ppm NO
14 NO2 Nitrogen Dioxide XNXXSN1SS 50.0 ppm 5.0 to 50.0 ppm 5.0 ppm 10.0 ppm 2 to 35 ppm GFV435 5 ppm NO2
15 H2 Hydrogen XNXXSG1SS 1000 ppm N/A N/A 1,000 ppm 300 to 700 ppm GFV364 500 ppm H2
16 H2 Hydrogen (High Range) XNXXSG2SS 10,000 ppm N/A N/A 10,000 ppm 3,000 to 7,000 ppm Contact HA 5000 ppm H2
17 HCl Hydrogen Chloride XNXXSR1SS 20.0 ppm 10.0 to 20.0 ppm 1.0 ppm 10.0 ppm 4 to 12 ppm Contact HA 5 ppm HCl
18 HCN Hydrogen Cyanide XNXXSY1SS 30.0 ppm N/A N/A 30.0 ppm 9.0 to 21.0 ppm Contact HA 10.0 ppm HCN in N2
19 HF Hydrogen Fluoride XNXXSF1SS 12.0 ppm 10.0 to 12.0 ppm 0.1 ppm 12.0 ppm 4 to 8 ppm Contact HA 5 ppm HF
20 O3 Ozone XNXXSZ1SS 0.400 ppm N/A N/A 0.400 ppm 0.120 to 0.280 ppm Contact HA 0.200 ppm
21 PH3 Phosphine XNXXSP1SS 1.20 ppm N/A N/A 1.20 ppm 0.5 to 0.7 ppm GFV405 0.5 ppm PH3
22 F2 Fluorine XNXXSU1SS 4.0 ppm N/A N/A 4.0 ppm 1.2 to 2.8 ppm Gas Generator 2.0 ppm CI2 in N2
23 EtO Ethylene Oxide XNXXSE1SS 50.0 ppm 20.0 to 50.0 ppm 5.0 ppm 25.0 ppm 6.0 to 35.0 ppm Contact HA 10.0 ppm EtO in N2

Specifications 165
XNX Universal Transmitter
EC Replacement Cells
Replacement Cell Cartridge
Target Gas
Part Number Part Number
XNXXS01SS
S3KO1SS O2 Oxygen
XNXXSO1FM
S3KH1SS H2S Hydrogen Sulfide (Low Range) XNXXSH3SS
XNXXSH1SS
S3KH1SS S3KH1SS H2S Hydrogen Sulfide
XNXXSH1FM
S3KH2SS H2S Hydrogen Sulfide (High Range) XNXXSH2SS
XNXXSC1SS
S3KC1SS CO Carbon Monoxide
XNXXSC1FM
S3KS1SS SO2 Sulfur Dioxide XNXXSS1SS
S3KS1SS SO2 Sulfur Dioxide (High Range) XNXXSS2SS
S3KA1SS NH3 Ammonia XNXXSA1SS
S3KA2SS NH3 Ammonia (High Range) XNXXSA2SS
S3KL1SS Cl2 Chlorine XNXXSL2SS
S3KL1SS Cl2 Chlorine (High Range) XNXXSL1SS
S3KX1SS ClO2 Chlorine Dioxide XNXXSX1SS
S3KM1SS NO Nitrogen Monoxide XNXXSM1SS
S3KN1SS NO2 Nitrogen Dioxide XNXXSN1SS
S3KG1SS H2 Hydrogen (Low Range) XNXXSG1SS
S3KG2SS H2 Hydrogen (High Range) XNXXSG2SS
S3KR1SS HCl Hydrogen Chloride XNXXSR1SS
S3KY1SS HCN Hydrogen Cyanide XNXXSY1SS
S3KF1SS HF Hydrogen Fluoride XNXXSF1SS
S3KZ1SS O3 Ozone XNXXSZ1SS
S3KP1SS PH3 Phosphine XNXXSP1SS
S3KU1SS F2 Fluorine XNXXSU1SS
S3KE1SS EtO Ethylene Oxide XNXXSE1SS

Specifications 166
XNX Universal Transmitter
MPD (Multi Purpose Detector)
Si i a to t e t ans itte t e pa t n
t e a enc app o a an t ea t pe i e po t confi
e in s ste
ation
efines

The only material selection is stainless steel. Four sensor types


MPD -
a e a ai a e enc app o a s a e specific to t ese o senso
types (see Sensor Data). Ensure that the approval of the sensor
t pe eets t e e i e ents o t e insta ation

Model Port
Sensor Range
type configuration

AM M25 CB = Catalytic bead %LEL 1 = Default


UT 3/4” NPT IF = IR %LEL Flammable 2 to 9 = Future
BT Both 3/4” NPT IV = IR Methane 0-5% Vol.
Catalytic Bead and IR Replacement Sensor Cartridges and M25 IC = R Carbon dioxide 0-5%LEL

Operating
Operating
Cartridge Humidity Air
Sensor Pressure Maximum Selectable Default Cal Gas Cal Gas
Target Gas Part Range (% Speed Increment Cal Gas Range
Type1, 2 Range Range Range3 Range Part Number Description
Number RH non- (m/s)
(kPa)
condensing)
MPD-IC1 Carbon Dioxide 1226-0301 80 - 110 see footnote 4 0 - 6 5.00 %Vol 1.00 to 5.00 %Vol 1.00 %Vol 5.00 %Vol 1.50 to 3.5 %Vol Contact HA 2.5 %VOL CO2 in Air
Methane 1226-0299 80 - 110 0 - 95 0-6 5.00 %Vol 1.00 to 5.00 %Vol 1.00 %Vol 5.00 %Vol 1.50 to 3.5 %Vol GFV352 2.5 %VOL CH4 in Air
MPD-IV1
Methane 1226-0299 80 - 110 0 - 95 0-6 100 %LEL 1.00 to 5.00 %Vol 1.00 %Vol 5.00 %Vol 1.50 to 3.5 %Vol GFV352 2.5 %VOL CH4 in Air
MPD-IF1 Flammables 1226-0300 80 - 110 0 - 95 0-6 100 %LEL 20 to 100 %LEL3 10 %LEL 100 %LEL 30 to 70 %LEL GFV406 1 %VOL C3H8 in Air
MPDAM-
Flammables 1226A0359 80 - 120 see footnote 5 0-6 100 %LEL 20 to 100 %LEL3 10 %LEL 100 %LEL 30 to 70 %LEL GFV352 50 %LEL CH4 in Air
CB1
1. Agency approved hydrogen sensors are MPDAM-CB1 and 705 STD.
2. When ordering replacement MPD sensor cartridges, the replacement cartridge must be the same type as factory configured. Substituting a different cartridge will void agency
certification.
3. On XNX %LEL units carrying UL/CSA certifications, the range is fixed at 100%LEL and is not adjustable.
4. Humidity: 5% to 95% RH non-condensing
5. Humidity: 0 to 99% RH non-condensing

Specifications 167
XNX Universal Transmitter
Accessories/Spares
See p ication XNX Universal Transmitter Parts List for a description of the parts and accessories shipped with the transmitter.
state accesso ies a e s ita e o se o e t e an e o s en i on enta con itions e pe at e to
i it to non con ensin ess e a to a ese accesso ies o not e a e it ti e an can e sto e in efi
nitely.
eat e p oo ap te e eat e otecto an o ectin one a inc ease t e ti e o esponse

Accessory Part Number Description

ipe o nt o se on pipes o inc es in ia ete e it inc es a pipe


it o nt ac et ca ia e o ts n ts an oc as e s

e e ote senso o ntin its S a o st e senso s to


Remote e e ote o nte ia an S ca e it o t e t ans itte c oice o ca e
S en t s a e a ai a e eet ete s o eet ete s an a a e
EC Sensor
S supplied with cable glands and remote terminal box. The cable can be cut to the
o ntin it e i e en t an te inate at t e e ote te ina o t cannot e e ten e
or spliced.)
e optiona ei in o nt ac et it a o s t e to e o nte to t e
Ceiling Mount
cei in e it inc es t o stain ess stee cei in o nt ac ets an t e
ac et it
necessary bolts and nuts.

Duct Mount e ct o ntin it S can e se it t e senso to a o


S
it etection o an S ases in cts
en co ine it t e nte ace apte t e ct o ntin
it can acco o ate t e to etect a a e ases in a ct app ication
e ct o nt it inc es t e a apte as et an e i e astene s e
nte ace nte ace apte inc es on t e a apte an e i es t e S ct o nt
apto it

Specifications 168
XNX Universal Transmitter
Accessory Part Number Description
S EC

Calibration
Gas Flow
apto Sensepoint

705

e ca i ation c p is se to app ca i ation test as to t e senso


Calibration
S t p s fits onto t e otto o t e senso an can e fitte it o t e o in t e
Cup
eat e o sin

Included

eat e p oo Sensepoint e eat e p oo cap p otects t e senso s o as eat e


Cap
705
S
(included) *TCB1

Extreme
Senso o t e t e e eat e otecto p otects t e senso o
eat e S
environmental conditions in outdoor exposure applications.
otecto

S
Collecting e co ectin cone i p o es etection o i te t an ai ases s c as o en
Cone Sensepoint and methane.
705

e e ote assin it ena es as to e app ie e ote o pe o in


Remote nctiona esponse c ec s e it nc es e on® tubing, the mounting
assin it ac et t et e cap an e ice a apto s in an to attac to t e
bump test ports on the device’s weatherproof cap.

Specifications 169
XNX Universal Transmitter
Accessory Part Number Description

S in nction o

e ote
Mounting
nction o ent ies e an
pp o a

Terminal
e ina oc pe s p o i e an e ect ica connection it o t connection to t e
oc
ontact e sona it oa nsta t e pe s et een pins an an et een pins
Shorting
an to s ppo t ti no e i in
Jumpers

p otecti e cap an in e tifie o se it ni e sa


Stopping Transmitter only)
s
p otecti e cap e tifie o se it ni e sa ans itte on

Replacement
Replacement in o t e ont co e
o e in

Specifications 170
XNX Universal Transmitter
Accessory Part Number Description
e ina oc ss in
e ina oc ss in
9
8
7
6
5
4
a e e ina oc it nc es in an in e ina oc s
3
2
1 Terminal
oc s ea e ina oc it nc es in an in e ina oc s

e ina oc ss in o s
e ina oc ss in
Magnetic
an Replacement wand for front panel access
Screwdriver
Small ep ace ent sc e i e o se on e ina oc an e sona it
Screwdriver and Relay Option)

Ferrite Bead ea e ite

Fieldbus a e o n ie s
Ground Cable

o se in i eat an o i ect s n i t en i on ents e s ns a e can e


Sunshade
o nte to inc pipe o to a a it s ita e astene s

eat e
For use with Sensepoint EC sensor products
o sin
eat e
For use with Sensepoint combustible sensor products
o sin

Specifications 171
XNX Universal Transmitter

EC Declaration of Conformity
The latest issue of EC Declaration of Conformity can be downloaded from Honeywell Analytics website. Please visit the XNX
product page at the address below and navigate to the Resources section.
https://sps.honeywell.com/us/en/products/safety/gas-and-flame-detection/industrial-fixed/xnx-universal-transmitter

Specifications 172
XNX Universal Transmitter

Control Drawings

XNX Universal Transmitter Technical Manual 173


XNX Universal Transmitter
XNX UL/CSA/FM/ATEX/UKEX/IECEx/INMETRO/RUSSIA

* Remark: XNX requires isolated power


supply, which is suitably
approved for the region

Control Drawings 174


XNX Universal Transmitter

* Remark: XNX requires isolated power


supply, which is suitably
approved for the region

Control Drawings 175


XNX Universal Transmitter

Control Drawings 176


XNX Universal Transmitter

Suitable and provides intrinsically safe circuit for use in:

UL USA/Canada CSA USA/Canada FM USA IECEx & ATEX & KTL & INMETRO Russia

Division Class I, Div 1 Groups A, B, C & D Groups B, C & D NO N/A N/A


Ratings
Class II, Div 1 Groups F & G Groups F & G
When MPD remote
mounted

Zone Ratings Class I, Zone 1, Class I, Zone 1, Group Class I, Zone 1, Ex db IIC T4/T6 Gb 1Ex db IIC T4/T6X
Group IIC, T6 IIB + H2, T6 AEx db [ia] IIC Gb Ex db [ia IIC Ga] IIC T4/T6 Gb 1Ex db [ia IIC] IIC T4/T6X
See Note 8

Class II, Zone20 & NO NO Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db Ex tb IIIC T85°CX


21 Ex tb [ia IIIC Da] IIIC T85°C Db Ex tb [ia IIIC] IIIC T85X

Ambient Temperature Range - 40°C to +65°C (-40°F to +149°F) when contain Ta = - 40°C to +65°C - 40°C to +65°C - 60°C to +65°C
Hart I.S. barrier or EC I.S. barrier, IP66 IP66
Otherwise - 55°C to +65°C (-67°F to +149°F)
NEMA 4X & IP66

T Code T6 - Default * T4 T6 - Default *

* The rating of the XNX will default the lowest T-Code of any accessory connected to it within the hazardous area. Some common accessories have T
codes as follows (examples only – follow certification label on accessory):

Communication Devices (ia) – connected to HART intrinsically safe barrier in XNX:


HART Handheld by Emerson Model 475 Field Communicator – T4
HART Handheld by Honeywell Model MCT404 – T4

Sensors or Sensing Accessories (ia) – connected to EC intrinsically safe barrier in XNX:


EC Sensor – T4

Sensors or Sensing Accessories directly connected to XNX:


MPD – T6
Optima Plus – T86°C (-40 to +55°C), T96°C (-40 to +65°C)
Excel – T6 (-40 to +55°C), T5 (-40°C to +65°C)

Control Drawings 177


XNX Universal Transmitter
Remote Sensor Mount

Control Drawings 178


XNX Universal Transmitter

HART Protocol

XNX Universal Transmitter Technical Manual 179


XNX Universal Transmitter
HART Interface
e ices a e s a connecte as point to point net o s
The analog output of the transmitter can also be disabled to
The XNX Universal Transmitter is registered aci itate const ction o ti op a i ita net o s
with the HART Communication Foundation. is not nee e t e nit can e se as a t ans itte
Since the transmitter is a slave, the internal modem will remain
si ent i no aste si na is p esent itiona t e si na
is at too i a e enc to inte e e it ana o cont o
! NOTE e ip ent not e no e eat e o net o s is t at t o
masters can be present. The primary master is usually a distributed
Note: The procedures in this section must be performed only by qualified cont o s ste S po a a e o ic cont o e o a
service personnel. pe sona co p te e secon a aste can e a an e
terminal. The transmitter has been tested with the handheld
t ansitte s can co nicate sin t e p otoco e son fie co nicato
efine at www.fieldcommgroup.org t e o nication
o n ation is ni e a on fie ses in t at t e i ita Control System or
si na is s pe i pose on a t a itiona c ent oop Other Host Application
This provides the reliability of analog signaling with the advanced
diagnostic capability of a digital device.

Handheld Terminal
Control System
Multiplexer or Other Host Application

Input/Output (I/O) System

Barrier Note: Instrument power is provided by an interface


or external power source that is not shown. Note: Instrument power is provided by an interface
or external power source that is not shown.

Field Devices

Handheld Terminal Figure 232. HART multi-point mode

e e ice esc ipto fi e p o i es se s it ata


Field Device
on t e capa i ities an eat es o t e t ans itte Se ect
Figure 231. HART point-to-point mode ena e e ices a e a e to inte ace it t ans itte s en
HART Protocol 180
XNX Universal Transmitter
connecte ia co nication cop o t e fi e is inc e to c eate an a tificia c ent oop onnect t e esisto
on t e oc entation o can e o n oa e o t e et een te ina an te ina itiona p ace S
o n ation e site is fi e can e insta e on ena e an S in so ce confi ation is is s o n sc e atica in t e
e son fie co nicato s sin t e e son as p a e so ce i in i st ation.
ti it e fi es a e co pati e it t e so t a e inte a to t e e i ita inte ace p o i es a o t e capa i ities o t e
transmitter. Older transmitters using earlier versions of software local user interface. The transmitter has been designed to use the
e i e p e io s e sions o t e fi es ontact o oca po ta e e son fie co nicato it e o so t a e
one e ep esentati e it an estions e a in so t a e o ic oso t in o s® an e son S nte i ent e ice
compatibility. ana e sin a se ice pe son can isp a in o ation
in an act in one e confi es t e i it test ca i ate an confi e n o t ine o t e en s is
ta to t e se ia n e is can e se to confi co ect provided in the an e n ine en s section.
wiring from the transmitter to the control system. If desired, the
ta can e o ifie e fi e se ia n e can a so
e ea o e
o con enience t e t ans itte p esents t e si na on on itions o Sa e se o nt insica Sa e
t o inte aces e si na is capaciti e co p e to an e e ices
t e ain c ent ana o o tp t is a e onito e at t e For installations in which both the Ci and li of the intrinsically
cont o s ste o at an point a on t e oop itiona safe apparatus exceeds 1% of the Co and lo parameters of the
t e optiona oca inte ace one e pa t n e associated apparatus (excluding the cable), 50% of Co and lo
pe its te po a connection o a te ina to t e parameters are applicable and shall not be exceeded, i.e., the Ci
t ans itte is oca po t is t ans o e co p e to t e o t e e ice p s t e o t e ca e st e ess t an o e a to
ain c ent o tp t is po t is int insica sa e an po a it 50% of the Co of the associated apparatus, and the li of the device
insensitive. See the oca nte ace section for more p s t e o t e ca e st e ess t an o e a to o t e oo
information. the associated apparatus.
e inte na o e nctions as a i i pe ance c ent
so ce s t ans e in t e si na e i es a ce tain
ini oop esistance et een t e s a e an a o i pe ance
power supply.
Normally, this resistance is supplied by the control system
an nee not e e p icit a e o e e specia t eat ent
is nee e en t e c ent o tp t is not se an t e
oca inte ace is nee e n insta e i t c oose to
co nicate sin e a s o s o ie s
instea n t at case t e s pp ie o esisto st e fitte
HART Protocol 181
XNX Universal Transmitter

LOC AL
20 mA
J 1
H AR T
J1 - Local HART Option Connector
! WARNING
Operation Figure 233. XNX mV personality
S1 S2 board terminal blocks, jumper switches Warning: Power off the transmitter before changing S3 or S4. Failure to do this will
Source
Sink S1 S2
and wire color chart permanently damage the transmitter. Both switches must be set in either Source or Sink
Isolated
+V 1-1 prior to applying power.
16-32 V D C
6. 5W max .

1-2 S1 and S2 - 20mA Output


-V 1-3 Jumper Switch
1-4 S1 S2
+mA 1-5
4-20mA MP D , 705

Source
H AR T Sensepoint

-mA 1-6 Sink


Isolated 510 Ohm Resistor
Sense 1-7
0v 1-8
R ef 1-9 1
2
3
mV TB-1 4
5
6
7
8
XNX mV TB-1 9

mV Sensor Type
Catalytic Bead MPD w/IR

705 S’point S’point IR 5%


MPD IR Flam
705HT S’point HT PPM CO2 CH4
TB-1 Desc. Wire Color from Sensor
1 24v
2
3 Gnd
See 4-20 mA Output, Common Connections, and Power Settings
4
5 20mA +
6 20mA -
7 Sense Brown Red Brown
8 0v White Green White
9 Ref Blue Blue Blue
Internal Ground

HART Protocol 182


XNX Universal Transmitter
HART Sink, Source, and Isolated Wiring
e o o in fi es i st ate t e p ope ti op i in o t e t ans itte

S1 S2
Source
Sink S1 S2
Isolated
HART +V 1-1

1
6.
Handheld
Communicator
S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
Source Source Source
Sink S1 S2 Sink S1 S2 Sink S1 S2
Isolated Isolated Isolated
+V 1-1 +V 1-1 +V 1-1
16-32 V D C

16-32 V D C

16-32 V D C
6. 2W max .

6. 2W max .

6. 2W max .
1-2 1-2 1-2
+
-V 1-3 -V 1-3 -V 1-3
24
1-4 1-4 1-4
VDC
+mA 1-5 +mA 1-5 +mA 1-5
4-20mA

4-20mA

4-20mA
H AR T

H AR T

H AR T
-
-mA 1-6 -mA 1-6 -mA 1-6
EC TB-1 EC TB-1 EC TB-1
250 Ω
XNX XNX XNX minimum
Other loop
Address 7 Address 2 Address 1
+ powered -
HART
devices

NOTE: Only addresses greater than 0 are valid for multidrop HART networks.

External HART
Automation Equipment
Figure 234. Multidrop HART network wiring - sink

HART Protocol 183


XNX Universal Transmitter
S1 S2
Source
Sink S1 S2
Isolated
Emerson +V 1-1

1
6.
Field Communicator

S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
Source Source Source
Sink S1 S2 Sink S1 S2 Sink S1 S2
Isolated Isolated Isolated
+V 1-1 +V 1-1 +V 1-1
16-32 V D C

16-32 V D C

16-32 V D C
6. 2W max .

6. 2W max .

6. 2W max .
1-2 1-2 1-2
-V 1-3 -V 1-3 -V 1-3
1-4 1-4 1-4 +
+mA 1-5 +mA 1-5 +mA 1-5 24
4-20mA

4-20mA

4-20mA
H AR T

H AR T

H AR T
-mA 1-6 -mA 1-6 -mA 1-6 VDC
EC TB-1 EC TB-1 EC TB-1 -
250 Ω
XNX XNX XNX minimum
Other loop
Address 7 Address 2 Address 1
+ powered -
HART
devices

NOTE: Only addresses greater than 0 are valid for multidrop HART networks.

External HART
Automation Equipment

Figure 235. Multidrop HART network wiring - source

HART Protocol 184


XNX Universal Transmitter

S1 S2
Source
Sink S1 S2
Isolated
HART +V 1-1

1
6.
Handheld
Communicator
S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 +
Source Source Source
Sink S1 S2 Sink S1 S2 Sink S1 S2
24
Isolated Isolated Isolated VDC
+V 1-1 +V 1-1 +V 1-1
-
16-32 V D C

16-32 V D C

16-32 V D C
6. 2W max .

6. 2W max .

6. 2W max .
1-2 1-2 1-2
-V 1-3 -V 1-3 -V 1-3
1-4 1-4 1-4
+mA 1-5 +mA 1-5 +mA 1-5
4-20mA

4-20mA

4-20mA
H AR T

H AR T

H AR T
-mA 1-6 -mA 1-6 -mA 1-6 +
EC TB-1 EC TB-1 EC TB-1 24
250 Ω VDC
XNX XNX XNX minimum -
Other loop
Address 7 Address 2 Address 1
+ powered -
HART
devices

NOTE: Only addresses greater than 0 are valid for multidrop HART networks.

External HART
Automation Equipment
Figure 236. Multidrop HART network wiring - isolated

HART Protocol 185


XNX Universal Transmitter
DevComm PC-based HART Interface
e inte ace aci itates e ote access to a eat es
of the local user interface including displaying status, testing,
ca i atin an confi in e ice esc ipto fi e is
available to adapt standard tools for use with the transmitter.

! WARNING
Warning: After changing parameters with a handheld device, verify that the
parameter settings are correct at the transmitter.

The following screens show some of the features of these two


interfaces for the transmitter.

Figure 238. XNX data displayed on an Emerson field communicator

Sec it e e is e i e to se ect t e isp a an a e an to


a st t e ate an ti e ot e confi ation options e i e
security level 2 access.

Figure 237. Presentation of XNX data by DevComm2000

HART Protocol 186


XNX Universal Transmitter
nctions in t e onfi e en an t e sec it e es e ie Functions
to change them are explained in this table.
Configuration Summary
Security Security
Symbol Description Symbol Description
Level Level o t e stat s in o ation can e e t acte o t e
Se ect an a e 1 Calibration Interval 2 t ans itte as a o te t fi e is inc es o ta es si na
Set ate i e 1
ccept e Senso
2
st en t s an confi ation settin s n e a p e s a is
✓ Type shown below.
Set mV Sensor Type 2 ea oc ptions 2

Set Senso pe 2 at en t 2

Gas Selection 2 Unit ID 2

an e a s 2 Relay Options 2
atc in on
2 Fieldbus Options 2
latching
Set Units 2 onfi e Sec it 2

e es 2

Figure 239. HART status information

HART Protocol 187


XNX Universal Transmitter
Information Screens
o t e in o ation in t e onfi ation S a can e
viewed live on various informational displays. For example,
aa settin s a e s o n in t is fi e

Figure 241 HART event history display

Test
The test menu provides methods for inhibiting the output,
exercising the analog output, or simulating alarms or faults.
ese et o s si p i co on tas s p o i in a si p e
user interface.

Figure 240. Typical alarm settings display

Event History
The transmitter maintains a record of alarms, warnings, and
a ts itiona o e si t t pes o in o ationa e ents a e
efine to eco i po tant t ansactions s c as eca i ations
o confi ation c an es ne t o san eco s a e aintaine
and every event has a timestamp.

Figure 242. Alarm simulation

HART Protocol 188


XNX Universal Transmitter
Calibration Configuration
The Calibration menu permits zero or span calibrations and bump se settin s o t e t ans itte can e a e eit e at t e
testin itiona en fitte it a Sea c ine ce senso oca se inte ace o o e e confi ation en
the Calibration menu displays the optical signal strength for facilitates convenient setup of alarm levels as shown in Figure
mechanical alignment. The gas calibrate operation is shown below. 244. Methods are also provided to set time, units, and other
parameters.

Figure 243. Gas calibrate method

! CAUTION
Caution: Do not back out of a menu selection while a calibration is in progress.
Figure 244. Set range and alarm

HART Protocol 189


XNX Universal Transmitter
Handheld Online Menus b. Ref Sig Strength (e.g., 1.12)
en co nication is esta is e it t e t ans itte c. Sam Sig Strength (e.g., 1.06)
the root menu is displayed. This outline shows the submenus: d. Baseline (e.g., 0.92)
I. Device setup e. Dynamic Reserve (e.g., 96%)
A. User login f. Window temp (e.g., 28 degC)
1. Logout [level 0] 6. Display mA settings
2. Login [level 123] a. Overrange current mA (e.g., 21)
3. Exit b. Warning current (e.g., 3)
B. XNX display c. Inhibit current (e.g., 2 mA)
1. Concentration (e.g., 0.00%LEL) 7. Display alarm settings
2. PV Alrm Typ (e.g., None) a. PV URV (e.g., 100.000% LEL)
3. Fault/Warn number (e.g., F) b. PV URV (e.g., 0.000% LEL)
4. Monitoring state (e.g., Normal monitoring) c. Alarm thresholds 1 (e.g., 20% LEL)
5. Time Date format (e.g., mm/dd/yy hh:mm:ss) d. Alarm thresholds 2 (e.g., 40% LEL)
6. Time Date stamp (e.g., 091808 11:57:57) e. Alarm config (e.g., 0x0C)
7. Gas Name (e.g., Methane LEL) f. Board type (e.g., Modbus/RTU Interf…)
C. Display menu 8. Display menu status
1. Reset alarm faults a. Sensor type (e.g., ECC)
2. Event history b. Sensor life (e.g., 0 hours)
3. Display basic info… 9. Display installation status
a. Gas name (e.g., Methane LEL) a. Power supply volt… (e.g., 19403 mVolt)
b. XNX ID (e.g., South tower) b. Operating voltage (e.g., 3297 mVolt)
4. Display SW info… c. Sensor IP voltage (e.g., 0 mVolt)
a. Dev id (e.g., 1081234) d. Sensor voltage (e.g., 0 mVolt)
b. Fld dev rev (e.g., 1) e. XNX temp (e.g., 33 degC)
c. Sensor s/w ver (e.g., 48) f. Sensor temp (e.g., 41 degC)
d. Sensor s/n (e.g. 0) g. Loop current (e.g., 4.00 mA)
e. as name (e.g., Methane LEL) D. Test menu
f. XNX ID (e.g., South tower) 1. Inhibit long-term
5. Display optical performance 2. Force mA OP
a. Signal strength (e.g., 0.96) 3. Alarm/fault simulation

HART Protocol 190


XNX Universal Transmitter
E. Calibration 7. PV % range (e.g., 0.00%)
1. Gas calibrn 8. PV Xfer fnctn (e.g., linear)
2. Bump test 9. PV (e.g., 4.000 mA)
3. Calibrate mA offset PV alrm typ (e.g., none)
4. Soft reset Tag (e.g., S. tower)
5. Align Excel Long tag
F. Configuration Descriptor (e.g., South tower)
1. Config security Message (e.g., Cracking tower)
2. Measure as mg/m3 Final asmbly num (e.g., 0)
3. Set range & alarm Dev id (e.g., 1081234)
4. Config alarm mode Universal rev (e.g., 6)
5. Fieldbus option Fld dev rev (e.g., 1)
6. Set mV sensor type Software rev (e.g., 38)
7. Gas selection Poll addr (e.g., 0)
8. Config mA status l… Loop curnt mode (e.g., Enabled)
9. Set Calibrn interval Cfg chng count (e.g., 6)
XNX ID (e.g., South tower) Num req preams (e.g., 9)
Conc unit (%LEL) Num resp preams (e.g., 7)
Time date format (mmddyy hh:mm:ss) II. Concentration
Set date-time III. PV Alrm Typ
G. Device status IV. Monitoring State
H. Detailed setup V. Reset Alarm Fault(s)
1. Output condition… VI. Gas Name
2. Device information… VII.Sensor Type
I. Review
1. Manufacturer (Honeywell)
2. Model (XNX)
3. Sensor type (e.g., Optima)
4. PV (%LEL)
5. Info min range (e.g., 100.00% LEL)
6. Info max range (e.g., 100.00% LEL)

HART Protocol 191


XNX Universal Transmitter

Modbus Protocol

XNX Universal Transmitter Technical Manual 192


XNX Universal Transmitter
Modbus and the XNX transmitter See Modbus in the Installation and Operation section for
information on installing the optional Modbus hardware. See
e t ans itte can e fitte it t e optiona Modbus interface Fieldbus Options for information on setting the Modbus baud
ca one pa t n e t o itati e in o ation rate and address using the local user interface. See the
on the Modbus protocol can be found at www.modbus.org. Sin So ce an so ate i in section for information on
e t ans itte s ppo ts o s o e an S p sica settin t e o s pa a ete s sin t e inte ace
layer. The interface is isolated and includes a switchable 120
ohm termination resistor. Baud rates from 1200 to 38,400 are
supported with 19,200 as the default (8 data bits, even parity, 1
stop bit).
ost o t e ope ations t at a e possi e it t e an if(
local user interfaces can also be performed using the Modbus ((fCurrentConc < TLV) or (iAlmFltLev & 3 == 0))
inte ace is inc es test ca i ation an confi ation // low concentration
and
operations. This section describes only how to monitor the
((iFaultWarnNumber < 1000) or (iAlmFltLev & 64 == 0))
transmitter status using Modbus. // no fault
e o t e zero calibration before the span calibration. and
Follow the zero and span calibration procedure in the e o ((iMonitoringState == 1) or (iMonitoringState == 7))
an Span a i ation o Senso s an Sea c point // not inhibited
Optima section. and
(
Some of the relevant Modbus holding registers are listed in the (Transport layer SW indicates good Comm.)
following table. In most installations, the transmitter reads only or
t e fi st fi e e iste s o ata e assi n ent o t e fi st (iHeartBeat changes every 5 seconds)
ei t e iste s o si ata is i entica to t e one e na tics ) // Modbus link healthy
as senso ) Then the area is safe.
Figure 245. Modbus Pseudo Code Example
Building an effective Modbus automatic gas detection system
e i es c ec in o a ts sin i a t a n e o
i t e an c ec in i onito in State to confi t at t e o s connections a e s o n in t e o o in fi e
transmitter is not inhibited or in calibration. The pseudo code
example in Figure 245 suggests computation that would be
a e in e te na a to ation e ip ent

Modbus Protocol 193


XNX Universal Transmitter

S5 EOL Term
R T =120Ω

Out
In
TB-3 Modbus
3-1 +
3-2 +
3-3 -
3-4 -
3-5 A
3-6 A
3-7 B
3-8 B
3-9 S
3-10 S
Use shorting jumper
supplied to maintain
connection during
service

Figure 246. Modbus connections

Modbus Protocol 194


XNX Universal Transmitter
Modbus Registers
Modbus Holding
Datatype Variable Name Description
Register Address
40001 Int16 ID MSB always 0x24 to facilitate automatic identification. LSB repeat of Modbus address.
40002 Int16 ID Identical to 40001
The reported gas concentration in current measurement units. For example, methane at 50% LEL would be reported as 50.0 here.
40003 to 40004 Float32 fCurrentConc
This concentration is forced to zero during inhibit mode.
This is the integer representation of the fault status. If any fault exists this will take a value in the range 1000 to 1999. Otherwise,
40005 int16 iFaultWarnNumber if any warning exists, this will take a value in the range 1 to 999. Normally, this has the value zero. For example, if the transmitter’s
temperature is out of range, this will take the value 1103.
This register contains 4 meaningful bits regarding the presence of alarms or faults. The bit assignments are as follows: Bit 0: AL1
40006 int8 iAlmFltLev
active Bit 1: AL2 active Bit 4: Warning active Bit 6: Fault Active All others: For future expansion

Modbus Protocol 195


XNX Universal Transmitter
Modbus Holding
Datatype Variable Name Description
Register Address
This has the following meanings:
0 reserved
1 normal monitoring
2 in warm-up
3 long-term inhibit
4 alarm simulation
5 fault simulation
6 Loop current stimulated
7 in warning MFlt
8 in Instrument Flt
9 in beam block
40007 10 in bump test
uint8 iMonitoringState
11 short-term inhibit
12 performing zero calibration
13 performing span calibration
14 in pre-zero calibration
15 in pre-span calibration
16 in post-zero calibration, successful
17 in post-span calibration, successful
18 in post-zero calibration, failed
19 in post-span calibration, failed
20 in align Excel mode
21- for future expansion
255
This Heartbeat is provided to facilitate detection of communications problems in programming environments where the transport-
layer communication error information is unavailable. This increments approximately every 5 seconds.
40008 int16 iHeartBeat
It is the responsibility of the system integrator to notify plant personnel if a Modbus master fails to communicate with the transmitter.
This register can facilitate this notification.
40009 to 40010 float32 fSensorLifeDays This indicates the time remaining before the ECC sensor must be calibrated or replaced.

Modbus Protocol 196


XNX Universal Transmitter
Modbus Holding
Datatype Variable Name Description
Register Address
The meaning of this datum is as enumerated below:
0 Default
1 mg/m3
2 g/m3
3 %vol
4 ppm
40011 5 %LEL
int8 iMeasurementUnits 6 UEG
7 Ratio
8 %LEL*M
9 ppm*m
10 EG*m
11 %vol * meter
12 to for future expansion
255
40012 to 40014 string[5] strGenericUnits User-defined 5 character string description for installed generic mA sensor
40015 int8 iWinTemp If a Searchline Excel is fitted, this is the temperature of the window. Otherwise, this is the temperature of the window.
40016 int8 iTransTemp Temperature of the transmitter in Celcius.
40017 int8 iSensorTemp Temperature of the sensor (Optima, Excel, ECC, etc)
40018 to 40026 string[18] strTransmitterID User-configured transmitter name.
40027 to 40035 string[18] sDateTime Format is “mm/dd/yy hh:mm:ss”. Month and day inverted if so configured.
The meaning of this datum is as enumerated below
1 mV Bridge
2 Electrochemical Cell with toxic cartridge
40036 3 Electrochemical Cell with O2 cartridge
int8 iSensorType
4 Optima
5 Excel
7 generic mA input
Others for future expansion
40037 float32 f_mA_Out The current produced by the transmitter in milliamperes.
40038 int16 iTransVoltage24000 The voltage supplied to the transmitter at the nominal 24.0 volt input, in millivolts.

Modbus Protocol 197


XNX Universal Transmitter
Modbus Holding
Datatype Variable Name Description
Register Address
40039 int16 iTransVoltage_3300 The voltage on a nominal 3.3 volt supply in the transmitter, in millivolts.
40041 int16 iOptional3300 The voltage on a nominal 3.3 volt supply in the transmitter option board, in millivolts.
40042 int16 iPersonality3300 The voltage on a nominal 3.3 volt supply in the transmitter personality board, in millivolts.
40043 int16 iPersonality5000 The voltage on a nominal 5.0 volt supply in the transmitter personality board, in millivolts.
40044 int16 iSensVoltage24000 The voltage supplied to an Optima or Excel sensor at the nominal 24.0 volt input, in millivolts.
40045 int16 iSensVoltage_5000 The voltage on a nominal 5.0 volt supply in Optima or Excel, in millivolts.
40046 to 40079 Contact HA for details.
40080 to 40081 int32 iTransSn Serial number of XNX.
40082 to 40083 int32 iSensSn Serial number of Optima, Excel, or ECC cartridge.
40084 int8 iSensSwVer Integer representation of software version in external sensor or mV personality module
40085 int8 iTransSwVer Software version of XNX.
40086 to 40155 Contact Honeywell Analytics for details.

Modbus Protocol 198


XNX Universal Transmitter

Warranty

XNX Universal Transmitter Technical Manual 199


XNX Universal Transmitter
Warranty Statement
p o cts a e esi ne an an act e to t e atest inte nationa eco ni e stan a s one e na tics n e a a it
ana e ent S ste t at is ce tifie to S
e ®
ni e sa ans itte is a ante one e na tics e ein e e e to as to e ee o e ects in ate ia o
o ans ip n e no a se an se ice o
Device Warranty Terms
XNX Universal Transmitter
36 months from date of shipment to buyer
(excludes consumables)
XNX Electrochemical Sensors 12 months o ate o co issionin an app o e one e na tics ep esentati e
at e S or
Multi-Purpose Detector (MPD) 18 months o ate o s ip ent o one e na tics ic e e is soone
Se ice in t e fie o at t e c sto e s p e ises is not co e e n e t ese a ant te s i e an t a e e penses o on site a ant
se ices i e c a e at one e na tics no a i in ates ontact o one e na tics Se ice ep esentati e o in o ation
on Service Contracts.
Warranty Conditions
1. e one e na tics i ite o ct a ant on e ten s to t e p o ct t e e s o s it a c ai to Se ice epa t ent se ice
sale of new and unused products to the original buyer where purchased en inee i atten on site on a a ate asis e ea ai a ant c ai
o o o a a t o i e ist i to ea e o ep esentati e ot is i entifie t e a t p o ct i e epai e o ep ace ee o c a e
co e e a e cons a e ite s s c as ce atte ies fi te s an ses a ant c ai i e accepte i a con itions containe it in t is a ant
o o tine ep ace ent pa ts e to t e no a ea an tea o t e p o ct are met.
an p o ct ic in s opinion as een a te e ne ecte is se o 6. en in t e opinion o a a ant c ai is a i i epai o ep ace
damaged by accident or abnormal conditions of operation, handling, use or t e e ecti e p o ct ee o c a e an sen it o an ep ace ent ac
se e e senso poisonin e ects att i ta e to i p ope insta ation epai to t e e in t e opinion o t e a ant c ai is not a i i
an na t o i e pe son o t e se o na t o i e accesso ies pa ts on t e at the option of the buyer, return the unit unaltered at the buyer’s expense,
product repair the unit at the then prevailing rates, replace the unit with an appropriate
2. n c ai n e t e o ct a ant st e a e it in t e a ant ep ace ent ite at t e t en p e ai in p ice o isca t e nit ese es
period and as soon as reasonably possible after a defect is discovered. If a the right to charge for any attendance by its service engineer at the usual
a ant c ai is ein so t it is t e esponsi i it o t e e to o tain a rates in force at the time the claim was received.
Se ice ent n e S o an i p actica et n t e p o ct c ea 7. n no e ent s a s ia i it e cee t e o i ina p c ase p ice pai t e
a e it t e S an a esc iption o t e a t buyer for the product.
3. at its so e isc etion a e ect to sen ep ace ent oo s to e p io
to receipt of the defective goods. Buyer agrees to return defective goods with Consumer Claims
in 30 days or to pay for the replacement goods. o p c ase o p o ct as a cons e t e a o e a ant con itions o
4. e is esponsi e o t anspo tation costs o t e e s ocation to not affect your rights under any applicable consumer protection legislation.
is esponsi e o t anspo tation costs o s ocation to t e e
one e na tics ese es t e i t to c an e t is po ic at an ti e ontact
5. in t e case o a fi e insta ation o en it is not p actica to et n t e
one e na tics o c ent a ant in o ation

Warranty 200
XNX Universal Transmitter

Index

XNX Universal Transmitter Technical Manual 201


XNX Universal Transmitter
C confi e en aluminum 14
construction material 131 stainless steel 14
accessories 158 cable Control Drawings 163–170 event history 88, 92 S sensors, calibrating
2
air speed, operating 133 length 56 Excel, aligning 107 99
remote sensor mount
aa a t si ation ports 131 170
aa a t stat s recommended 131 devices 56
S handheld online menu
alarms 72 cal gas range 136, 137
F 182–183
alarm settings 88 Calibration 94–108 controls 20 interface 172–174
approvals, calibration cover 15 local 16
fie s
hazardous area 132 o senso s c oss inte e ents 145 oca an e
options 82
performance 132 gas 95
settings 88, 91
as o a apte output 12
finis a ine 14
interval 76 protocol 55, 172–184
o o sin e e 15
span 95, 96
D force relays 88, 86 humidity 131, 135, 136,
B zero 95, 96
ie s 59 137
cal point 135, 136, 137 ais c ain 34
battery life 131 front panel 19 hydrogen sensors 146
cartridges date 63, 88
baud rate 185 functional gas test 24,
catalytic bead replace dimensions 131
ea oc options 105, 106
ment 157 ct o nt it 158
bump test See functional IR replacement 157 I
gas test part numbers 135, 136,
137 information 9
Cautions 7 G information menu 88
E
cei in o nt ac et it inhibit 84
gas calibration 24, 95
18, 158 easy reset 83 Installation and Operation
gas data 88, 90
cells, replacement 156 EC See electrochemical 29–93
gases, selectable 66
ce tifications sensor installation
electrochemical sensor 43 gas name, changing 67
by part number series ais c ain 34
cartridge, replacing with general status screen 21,
148–151 maximum distance 36
different type 106 60
chronological list, event, multiple transmitter 34
cartridge, replacing with greases, airborne 145
by day 93 single transmitter 34
same type 105 types of 34
collecting cone 18, 159
cell 111 intrinsic safety 6, 16, 33
Communications 12
installation 43 Introduction 10–28
confi ation
operational life 105
displaying 24 atin 131
enclosure
verifying 84 IS See intrinsic safety

Index 202
XNX Universal Transmitter
J generic, connecting 50 N operating 133 security access level 22.
e es product description 1 62, 64
jumpers 41, 131, 160 navigation 20 sec it confi in
jumper switch 58 level settings 88,90 non atc in See latching Sensepoint ca i atin
output, calibrating 95, numeric format, selecting R 100
107 74 sensors 16–28
range 72, 135, 136, 137
output, forcing 85 an e a a settin s c oss sensiti it 139–145
sensor type 65 O location 30
ea ti e c oc 131
menu map 25 o sca e ea in s e e ce a t ia nosis mounting 30
a e s ce tification
menu structure 22 operating voltage 131 11 performance 137
153
messages option board 40, 59 relay replacement 155
language 24
fault 1 ordering information 158 data 91 status 88, 90
selecting 63
informational 128–129 organic vapors 145 options 16, 57, 81 types 11
latching 74
warning 114–117 in ont co e 160 settings 88 serial number 23, 88, 173
See i i c sta
Modbus 17, 58 remote settings, displaying 24
display
interface card 185 senso o ntin it 18, shorting jumpers See
See lower detection
protocol 185–190 158 jumpers
limit
registers 187–190 assin it 18, 159 signal 131
See light emitting
o ntin it senso o ntin 159 silicone compounds 145
diode
remote 44 pa t n es response time 135, 136, simulation switch 40, 59
light emitting diode 20, 22
mounting the enclosure parts list 158 137 soft reset 107, 108
test 60
131 passcode screens 84 solvents 145
i i c sta isp a
See ti p pose personality board 38, 41 span calibration 96, 97,
60
detector electrochemical 42 99, 102
lower detection limit 135,
ti p pose etecto IR 49, 51 spares 158
136, 137
103 S Specifications 1
mV 4
interface adapter 158 personality, options, and Safety and Information stopping plugs 160
performance 146 isp a 5–9 s itc confi ation 39
sensor cartridge 110 pipe o nt it 17, 158 screwdriver 160 system conditioning 146
M multidrop mode 56 See personality, op Searchline Excel 53, 60,
a netic an sc e mV tions, and display 107
driver 15, 19, 160 personality wiring 45 point to point o e 55 connecting 49
main menu 24 remote sensor 47 power consumption 131 Sea c point pti a s
aintenance pressure 53
e ices barometric 135, 136, 138 connecting 49

Index 203
XNX Universal Transmitter
T
temperature 131, 135, a p ti e 133
136, 137 a nin s
ranges, extended 138 a nin s an a ts 1
range, standard 138 129
te ina oc s a ant 191–192
connections 41 weatherproof cap 18, 159
jumpers 160 weather protector 18, 159
pluggable 160 weight 131
termination 131 wiring
test menu 84 sin
time 24, 64, 88 source 40, 50, 176
transmitter isolated 40, 177
confi in
data 88
information, displaying
23
status 88, 89
testing 24 zero calibration 96, 97, 99,
102

U
units name, changing 67
units, setting 75
user interface 131

Index 204
This page is intentionally left blank
Find out more
www.sps.honeywell.com

Contact Honeywell Analytics:

Europe, Middle East, Africa


Life Safety Distribution GmbH
Tel: 00800 333 222 44 (Freephone no.)
Tel: +41 (0)44 943 4380 (Alternative no.)
Middle East Tel: +971 4 450 5800 (Fixed Gas Detection)
Middle East Tel: +971 4 450 5852 (Portable Gas Detection)
[email protected]

Americas
Honeywell Analytics Inc.
Tel: +1 847 955 8200
Toll free: +1 800 538 0363
[email protected]

Asia Pacific
Honeywell Co., Ltd.
Tel: +82 (0) 2 6909 0300
India Tel: +91 124 4752700
China Tel: +86 10 5885 8788-3000
[email protected]
Please Note:
While every effort has been made to ensure
Technical Services accuracy in this publication, no responsibility can be
EMEA: [email protected] accepted for errors or omissions. Data may change, 1998M0738
US: [email protected] as well as legislation and you are strongly advised to Revision 18 07/23
AP: [email protected] obtain copies of the most recently issued regulations,
©2023 Honeywell Co., Ltd.
standards and guidelines. This publication is not
www.sps.honeywell.com intended to form the basis of a contract.

You might also like